OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/open8_urisc/open8_urisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories open8_urisc

[/] [open8_urisc/] [trunk/] [gnu/] [binutils/] [bfd/] [elf32-sh.c] - Blame information for rev 161

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 14 khays
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 148 khays
   2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 14 khays
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
 
6
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
 
8
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11
   (at your option) any later version.
12
 
13
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
 
23
#include "sysdep.h"
24
#include "bfd.h"
25
#include "bfdlink.h"
26
#include "libbfd.h"
27
#include "elf-bfd.h"
28
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
29
#include "elf/sh.h"
30
#include "dwarf2.h"
31
#include "libiberty.h"
32
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
 
34
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42
#ifndef SH64_ELF
43
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45
#endif
46
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50
static bfd_vma tpoff
51
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
 
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
 
56
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
 
58
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
 
61
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
 
63
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69
 
70
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74
{
75
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76
};
77
 
78
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82
{
83
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84
};
85
 
86
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
 
88
static bfd_boolean
89
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90
{
91
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
 
95
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97
#else
98
  return FALSE;
99
#endif
100
}
101
 
102
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
 
104
static bfd_boolean
105
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106
{
107
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
 
111
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113
#else
114
  return FALSE;
115
#endif
116
}
117
 
118
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
 
120
static reloc_howto_type *
121
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122
{
123
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126
}
127
 
128
static bfd_reloc_status_type
129
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130
                   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131
                   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132
                   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133
{
134
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137
  int diff, cum_diff;
138
  bfd_signed_vma x;
139
  int insn;
140
 
141
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
 
145
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147
  if (! last_addr)
148
    {
149
      last_addr = addr;
150
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152
    }
153
  if (last_addr != addr)
154
    abort ();
155
  last_addr = 0;
156
 
157
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
 
160
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162
    {
163
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164
        contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165
      else
166
        {
167
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168
                                           &contents))
169
            {
170
              if (contents != NULL)
171
                free (contents);
172
              return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173
            }
174
        }
175
    }
176
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177
  start_ptr = contents + start;
178
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179
    {
180
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181
        ptr -= 2;
182
      ptr += 2;
183
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
185
      cum_diff += diff;
186
    }
187
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
190
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
191
    {
192
      start -= 4;
193
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194
    }
195
  else
196
    {
197
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
 
199
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200
        start0 -= 2;
201
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203
      end = start0;
204
    }
205
 
206
  if (contents != NULL
207
      && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208
    free (contents);
209
 
210
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
 
212
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
214
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215
          - (input_section->output_section->vma
216
             + input_section->output_offset));
217
  x >>= 1;
218
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
 
221
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
 
224
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
225
}
226
 
227
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
228
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
229
 
230
static bfd_reloc_status_type
231
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232
              void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233
              char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234
{
235
  unsigned long insn;
236
  bfd_vma sym_value;
237
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239
  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
 
241
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
 
243
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
244
    {
245
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
246
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
248
    }
249
 
250
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
251
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
252
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
 
255
  if (symbol_in != NULL
256
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
 
259
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260
    sym_value = 0;
261
  else
262
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263
                 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264
                 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
 
266
  switch (r_type)
267
    {
268
    case R_SH_DIR32:
269
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272
      break;
273
    case R_SH_IND12W:
274
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277
                    + input_section->output_offset
278
                    + addr
279
                    + 4);
280
      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281
      if (insn & 0x800)
282
        sym_value -= 0x1000;
283
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285
      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286
        return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287
      break;
288
    default:
289
      abort ();
290
      break;
291
    }
292
 
293
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
294
}
295
 
296
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
298
 
299
static bfd_reloc_status_type
300
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301
                     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302
                     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303
                     bfd *output_bfd,
304
                     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305
{
306
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
307
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
309
}
310
 
311
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
312
 
313
struct elf_reloc_map
314
{
315
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317
};
318
 
319
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
320
 
321
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322
{
323
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418
  { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419
  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421
};
422
 
423
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
425
 
426
static reloc_howto_type *
427
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428
{
429
  unsigned int i;
430
 
431
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432
    {
433
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434
        return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435
    }
436
 
437
  return NULL;
438
}
439
 
440
static reloc_howto_type *
441
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442
{
443
  unsigned int i;
444
 
445
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446
    {
447
      for (i = 0;
448
           i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449
                / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450
           i++)
451
        if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452
            && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453
          return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454
    }
455
  else
456
    {
457
      for (i = 0;
458
           i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459
                / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460
           i++)
461
        if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462
            && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463
          return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464
    }
465
 
466
  return NULL;
467
}
468
 
469
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
470
 
471
static void
472
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473
{
474
  unsigned int r;
475
 
476
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
 
478
  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
 
486
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487
}
488
 
489
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
490
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
491
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
495
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
498
 
499
static bfd_boolean
500
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501
                      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502
{
503
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505
  bfd_boolean have_code;
506
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
 
510
  *again = FALSE;
511
 
512
  if (link_info->relocatable
513
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515
    return TRUE;
516
 
517
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519
      & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520
    {
521
      return TRUE;
522
    }
523
#endif
524
 
525
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
 
527
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528
                     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529
                      link_info->keep_memory));
530
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531
    goto error_return;
532
 
533
  have_code = FALSE;
534
 
535
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537
    {
538
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539
      unsigned short insn;
540
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
 
543
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544
        have_code = TRUE;
545
 
546
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547
        continue;
548
 
549
      /* Get the section contents.  */
550
      if (contents == NULL)
551
        {
552
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554
          else
555
            {
556
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557
                goto error_return;
558
            }
559
        }
560
 
561
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562
         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563
         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564
         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
565
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
567
        {
568
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569
                                 abfd,
570
                                 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571
          continue;
572
        }
573
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
 
575
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576
         do.  */
577
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578
        {
579
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582
          continue;
583
        }
584
 
585
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
586
         displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
587
         displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588
         before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589
         of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
590
         on a four byte boundary.  */
591
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
592
      paddr *= 4;
593
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
595
        {
596
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599
          continue;
600
        }
601
 
602
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603
         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
604
         actually being called.  */
605
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606
        if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608
          break;
609
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
610
        {
611
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614
          continue;
615
        }
616
 
617
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
618
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619
        {
620
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
622
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
625
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
626
            goto error_return;
627
        }
628
 
629
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
630
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631
        {
632
          /* A local symbol.  */
633
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
 
635
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636
          if (isym->st_shndx
637
              != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638
            {
639
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641
                abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642
              continue;
643
            }
644
 
645
          symval = (isym->st_value
646
                    + sec->output_section->vma
647
                    + sec->output_offset);
648
        }
649
      else
650
        {
651
          unsigned long indx;
652
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
 
654
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657
          if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659
            {
660
              /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661
                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662
                 regular reloc processing.  */
663
              continue;
664
            }
665
 
666
          symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669
        }
670
 
671
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672
        symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673
      else
674
        symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
 
676
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
677
      foff = (symval
678
              - (irel->r_offset
679
                 + sec->output_section->vma
680
                 + sec->output_offset
681
                 + 4));
682
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683
         .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684
         So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685
         that.  */
686
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687
        {
688
          /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
689
          continue;
690
        }
691
 
692
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
693
 
694
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695
         contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
696
         must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697
         information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
698
         of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699
         that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700
         the linker is run.  */
701
 
702
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
 
706
      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
707
 
708
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709
         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
710
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712
         here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713
         not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
714
         a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715
         the value of the symbol is not available.  */
716
 
717
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718
         symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
719
         the final link phase handle it.  */
720
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
 
722
      irel->r_addend = -4;
723
 
724
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725
         DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
726
         the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727
         have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
728
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
 
730
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731
         register load.  */
732
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734
            && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735
          break;
736
      if (irelscan < irelend)
737
        {
738
          /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739
             and we have not yet converted that function call.
740
             Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
741
             nothing else we can do at this point.  */
742
          continue;
743
        }
744
 
745
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746
         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
747
         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
748
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749
        if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751
          break;
752
 
753
      /* Delete the register load.  */
754
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755
        goto error_return;
756
 
757
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758
         other function call to come within range, we should relax
759
         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
760
      *again = TRUE;
761
 
762
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
763
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
764
        {
765
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768
          continue;
769
        }
770
 
771
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
772
         just deleted one.  */
773
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774
        {
775
          ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776
                                  abfd,
777
                                  (unsigned long) paddr));
778
          continue;
779
        }
780
 
781
      --irelcount->r_addend;
782
 
783
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
784
         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785
         previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
786
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787
        {
788
          if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789
            goto error_return;
790
        }
791
 
792
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
793
    }
794
 
795
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796
     byte boundaries.  */
797
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798
      && have_code)
799
    {
800
      bfd_boolean swapped;
801
 
802
      /* Get the section contents.  */
803
      if (contents == NULL)
804
        {
805
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807
          else
808
            {
809
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810
                goto error_return;
811
            }
812
        }
813
 
814
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815
                                &swapped))
816
        goto error_return;
817
 
818
      if (swapped)
819
        {
820
          elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823
        }
824
    }
825
 
826
  if (isymbuf != NULL
827
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828
    {
829
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830
        free (isymbuf);
831
      else
832
        {
833
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
834
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835
        }
836
    }
837
 
838
  if (contents != NULL
839
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840
    {
841
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842
        free (contents);
843
      else
844
        {
845
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
846
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847
        }
848
    }
849
 
850
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
851
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852
    free (internal_relocs);
853
 
854
  return TRUE;
855
 
856
 error_return:
857
  if (isymbuf != NULL
858
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859
    free (isymbuf);
860
  if (contents != NULL
861
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862
    free (contents);
863
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
864
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865
    free (internal_relocs);
866
 
867
  return FALSE;
868
}
869
 
870
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
871
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872
   in coff-sh.c.  */
873
 
874
static bfd_boolean
875
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876
                           int count)
877
{
878
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
880
  bfd_byte *contents;
881
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883
  bfd_vma toaddr;
884
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887
  unsigned int symcount;
888
  asection *o;
889
 
890
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
 
893
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
 
895
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
 
897
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
899
 
900
  irelalign = NULL;
901
  toaddr = sec->size;
902
 
903
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906
    {
907
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908
          && irel->r_offset > addr
909
          && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910
        {
911
          irelalign = irel;
912
          toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913
          break;
914
        }
915
    }
916
 
917
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
918
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919
           (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920
  if (irelalign == NULL)
921
    sec->size -= count;
922
  else
923
    {
924
      int i;
925
 
926
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
 
928
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931
    }
932
 
933
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
934
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935
    {
936
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937
      bfd_vma start = 0;
938
      int insn = 0;
939
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
940
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941
      bfd_boolean overflow;
942
 
943
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
944
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946
           && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947
          || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948
              && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949
        nraddr -= count;
950
 
951
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952
         case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
953
         represent addresses, though.  */
954
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955
          && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960
        irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961
                                     (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
 
963
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964
         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
965
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966
        {
967
        default:
968
          break;
969
 
970
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971
        case R_SH_IND12W:
972
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974
          start = irel->r_offset;
975
          insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976
          break;
977
        }
978
 
979
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980
        {
981
        default:
982
          start = stop = addr;
983
          break;
984
 
985
        case R_SH_DIR32:
986
          /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987
             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988
             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989
             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
990
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991
            {
992
              isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993
              if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994
                  && (isym->st_value <= addr
995
                      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996
                {
997
                  bfd_vma val;
998
 
999
                  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000
                    {
1001
                      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002
                      val += isym->st_value;
1003
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004
                        bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005
                    }
1006
                  else
1007
                    {
1008
                      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010
                        irel->r_addend -= count;
1011
                    }
1012
                }
1013
            }
1014
          start = stop = addr;
1015
          break;
1016
 
1017
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018
          off = insn & 0xff;
1019
          if (off & 0x80)
1020
            off -= 0x100;
1021
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022
          break;
1023
 
1024
        case R_SH_IND12W:
1025
          off = insn & 0xfff;
1026
          if (! off)
1027
            {
1028
              /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
1029
                 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030
                 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
1031
              start = stop = addr;
1032
            }
1033
          else
1034
            {
1035
              if (off & 0x800)
1036
                off -= 0x1000;
1037
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
 
1039
              /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040
                 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041
                 start of the section.
1042
                 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043
                 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044
                 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1045
              if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046
                irel->r_addend -= count;
1047
            }
1048
          break;
1049
 
1050
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051
          off = insn & 0xff;
1052
          stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053
          break;
1054
 
1055
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056
          off = insn & 0xff;
1057
          stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058
          break;
1059
 
1060
        case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061
        case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062
        case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063
          /* These relocs types represent
1064
               .word L2-L1
1065
             The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066
             address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1067
             adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1068
             both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069
             N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070
             and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1071
 
1072
          stop = irel->r_offset;
1073
          start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
 
1075
          if (start > addr
1076
              && start < toaddr
1077
              && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078
            irel->r_addend += count;
1079
          else if (stop > addr
1080
                   && stop < toaddr
1081
                   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082
            irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
 
1084
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085
            voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087
            voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088
          else
1089
            voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
 
1092
          break;
1093
 
1094
        case R_SH_USES:
1095
          start = irel->r_offset;
1096
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097
                            + (long) irel->r_addend
1098
                            + 4);
1099
          break;
1100
        }
1101
 
1102
      if (start > addr
1103
          && start < toaddr
1104
          && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105
        adjust = count;
1106
      else if (stop > addr
1107
               && stop < toaddr
1108
               && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109
        adjust = - count;
1110
      else
1111
        adjust = 0;
1112
 
1113
      if (adjust != 0)
1114
        {
1115
          oinsn = insn;
1116
          overflow = FALSE;
1117
          switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118
            {
1119
            default:
1120
              abort ();
1121
              break;
1122
 
1123
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125
              insn += adjust / 2;
1126
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127
                overflow = TRUE;
1128
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129
              break;
1130
 
1131
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1132
              insn += adjust / 2;
1133
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134
                overflow = TRUE;
1135
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136
              break;
1137
 
1138
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139
              BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140
              if (count >= 4)
1141
                insn += adjust / 4;
1142
              else
1143
                {
1144
                  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145
                    ++insn;
1146
                }
1147
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148
                overflow = TRUE;
1149
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150
              break;
1151
 
1152
            case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153
              voff += adjust;
1154
              if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155
                overflow = TRUE;
1156
              bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157
              break;
1158
 
1159
            case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160
              voff += adjust;
1161
              if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162
                overflow = TRUE;
1163
              bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164
              break;
1165
 
1166
            case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167
              voff += adjust;
1168
              bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169
              break;
1170
 
1171
            case R_SH_USES:
1172
              irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173
              break;
1174
            }
1175
 
1176
          if (overflow)
1177
            {
1178
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182
              return FALSE;
1183
            }
1184
        }
1185
 
1186
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187
    }
1188
 
1189
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1190
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1192
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193
    {
1194
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
 
1198
      if (o == sec
1199
          || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200
          || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201
        continue;
1202
 
1203
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204
         FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205
         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1206
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207
                         (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209
        return FALSE;
1210
 
1211
      ocontents = NULL;
1212
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214
        {
1215
          /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1216
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217
            {
1218
              bfd_vma start, stop;
1219
              bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
 
1221
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1222
                {
1223
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225
                  else
1226
                    {
1227
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1228
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1231
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232
                        {
1233
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1234
                            free (ocontents);
1235
                          return FALSE;
1236
                        }
1237
 
1238
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239
                    }
1240
                }
1241
 
1242
              stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243
              start
1244
                = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
 
1246
              /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1247
              if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248
                irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
 
1250
              voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
 
1253
              if (start > addr
1254
                  && start < toaddr
1255
                  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258
              else if (stop > addr
1259
                       && stop < toaddr
1260
                       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263
            }
1264
 
1265
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266
            continue;
1267
 
1268
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269
            continue;
1270
 
1271
 
1272
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273
          if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274
              && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275
                  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276
            {
1277
              bfd_vma val;
1278
 
1279
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1280
                {
1281
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283
                  else
1284
                    {
1285
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1286
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1289
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290
                        {
1291
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1292
                            free (ocontents);
1293
                          return FALSE;
1294
                        }
1295
 
1296
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297
                    }
1298
                }
1299
 
1300
              val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301
              val += isym->st_value;
1302
              if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303
                bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304
                            ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305
            }
1306
        }
1307
    }
1308
 
1309
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1310
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312
    {
1313
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314
          && isym->st_value > addr
1315
          && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316
        isym->st_value -= count;
1317
    }
1318
 
1319
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1320
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321
              - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325
    {
1326
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328
           || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332
        {
1333
          sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334
        }
1335
    }
1336
 
1337
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1338
     r_offset for it already.  */
1339
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1340
    {
1341
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
 
1343
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345
                             1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347
        {
1348
          /* Tail recursion.  */
1349
          return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350
                                            (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351
        }
1352
    }
1353
 
1354
  return TRUE;
1355
}
1356
 
1357
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1359
 
1360
static bfd_boolean
1361
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362
                    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363
                    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364
                    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365
{
1366
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369
  bfd_size_type amt;
1370
 
1371
  *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
 
1373
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
 
1375
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1376
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379
  if (labels == NULL)
1380
    goto error_return;
1381
  label_end = labels;
1382
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383
    {
1384
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385
        {
1386
          *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387
          ++label_end;
1388
        }
1389
    }
1390
 
1391
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1394
 
1395
  label = labels;
1396
 
1397
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398
    {
1399
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
 
1401
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402
        continue;
1403
 
1404
      start = irel->r_offset;
1405
 
1406
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408
          break;
1409
      if (irel < irelend)
1410
        stop = irel->r_offset;
1411
      else
1412
        stop = sec->size;
1413
 
1414
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415
                                     internal_relocs, &label,
1416
                                     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417
        goto error_return;
1418
    }
1419
 
1420
  free (labels);
1421
 
1422
  return TRUE;
1423
 
1424
 error_return:
1425
  if (labels != NULL)
1426
    free (labels);
1427
  return FALSE;
1428
}
1429
 
1430
#ifndef SH64_ELF
1431
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1432
 
1433
static bfd_boolean
1434
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435
                   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436
{
1437
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1439
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
 
1441
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1442
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
 
1447
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1448
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450
    {
1451
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452
      int add;
1453
 
1454
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455
         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456
         but are only associated with the address.  */
1457
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459
          || type == R_SH_CODE
1460
          || type == R_SH_DATA
1461
          || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462
        continue;
1463
 
1464
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465
         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1466
         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467
         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1468
         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469
         instruction it shouldn't).  */
1470
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471
        {
1472
          bfd_vma off;
1473
 
1474
          off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475
          if (off == addr)
1476
            irel->r_offset += 2;
1477
          else if (off == addr + 2)
1478
            irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479
        }
1480
 
1481
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482
        {
1483
          irel->r_offset += 2;
1484
          add = -2;
1485
        }
1486
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487
        {
1488
          irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489
          add = 2;
1490
        }
1491
      else
1492
        add = 0;
1493
 
1494
      if (add != 0)
1495
        {
1496
          bfd_byte *loc;
1497
          unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498
          bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
 
1500
          loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501
          overflow = FALSE;
1502
          switch (type)
1503
            {
1504
            default:
1505
              break;
1506
 
1507
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510
              oinsn = insn;
1511
              insn += add / 2;
1512
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513
                overflow = TRUE;
1514
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515
              break;
1516
 
1517
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1518
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519
              oinsn = insn;
1520
              insn += add / 2;
1521
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522
                overflow = TRUE;
1523
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524
              break;
1525
 
1526
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527
              /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528
                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529
                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530
                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1531
                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532
                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1533
              if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534
                {
1535
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536
                  oinsn = insn;
1537
                  insn += add / 2;
1538
                  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539
                    overflow = TRUE;
1540
                  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541
                }
1542
 
1543
              break;
1544
            }
1545
 
1546
          if (overflow)
1547
            {
1548
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552
              return FALSE;
1553
            }
1554
        }
1555
    }
1556
 
1557
  return TRUE;
1558
}
1559
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560
 
1561
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1562
 
1563
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564
{
1565
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566
     first entry.  */
1567
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
 
1569
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1570
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
 
1572
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1574
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1575
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
 
1577
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1578
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
 
1580
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1581
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
 
1583
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1584
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1585
     that the field must hold.  */
1586
  struct {
1587
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590
    bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591
                          instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592
                          entry).  */
1593
  } symbol_fields;
1594
 
1595
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1596
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
 
1598
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1600
     other cases.  */
1601
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602
};
1603
 
1604
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
 
1606
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1607
 
1608
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
 
1610
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1611
 
1612
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613
{
1614
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1617
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1619
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630
};
1631
 
1632
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633
{
1634
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1637
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1639
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650
};
1651
 
1652
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653
   this.  */
1654
 
1655
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656
{
1657
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659
  0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1660
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673
};
1674
 
1675
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676
{
1677
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679
  0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1680
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693
};
1694
 
1695
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1696
 
1697
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698
{
1699
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701
  0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707
  0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708
  0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1710
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1712
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715
};
1716
 
1717
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718
{
1719
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721
  0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728
  0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1730
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1732
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735
};
1736
 
1737
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738
  {
1739
    {
1740
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1741
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748
      NULL
1749
    },
1750
    {
1751
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1752
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759
      NULL
1760
    },
1761
  },
1762
  {
1763
    {
1764
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1765
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772
      NULL
1773
    },
1774
    {
1775
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1776
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783
      NULL
1784
    },
1785
  }
1786
};
1787
 
1788
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
1789
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
 
1791
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793
   not data.
1794
 
1795
   On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
1796
 
1797
inline static void
1798
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800
{
1801
  value |= code_p;
1802
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804
              | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805
              addr);
1806
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808
              | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809
              addr + 4);
1810
}
1811
 
1812
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
1813
   the object is position-independent.  */
1814
 
1815
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817
{
1818
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819
}
1820
#else
1821
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1822
 
1823
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
 
1825
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1826
 
1827
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1828
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1835
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836
{
1837
  0xd0, 0x05,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839
  0x2f, 0x06,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840
  0xd0, 0x03,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1843
  0x60, 0xf6,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1845
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1846
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1847
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1848
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1849
};
1850
 
1851
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852
{
1853
  0x05, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855
  0x06, 0x2f,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856
  0x03, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1859
  0xf6, 0x60,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1861
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1862
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1863
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1864
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1865
};
1866
 
1867
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868
   this.  */
1869
 
1870
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871
{
1872
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874
  0xd1, 0x02,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1876
  0x60, 0x13,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1877
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1879
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1880
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1881
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1882
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1883
};
1884
 
1885
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886
{
1887
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889
  0x02, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1891
  0x13, 0x60,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1892
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1894
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1895
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1896
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1897
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1898
};
1899
 
1900
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1901
 
1902
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903
{
1904
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1907
  0x00, 0x09,   /*  nop */
1908
  0x50, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1911
  0x50, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1913
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1914
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1915
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1916
};
1917
 
1918
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919
{
1920
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1923
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1924
  0xc2, 0x50,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1927
  0xc1, 0x50,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1929
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1930
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1931
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1932
};
1933
 
1934
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935
  {
1936
    {
1937
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1938
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944
      8,
1945
      NULL
1946
    },
1947
    {
1948
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1949
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955
      8,
1956
      NULL
1957
    },
1958
  },
1959
  {
1960
    {
1961
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1962
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968
      8,
1969
      NULL
1970
    },
1971
    {
1972
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1973
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979
      8,
1980
      NULL
1981
    },
1982
  }
1983
};
1984
 
1985
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
 
1988
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989
{
1990
  0xd1, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991
  0x61, 0x12,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
1993
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1994
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1995
};
1996
 
1997
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998
{
1999
  0x01, 0xd1,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000
  0x12, 0x61,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2002
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2003
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
2004
};
2005
 
2006
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007
{
2008
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2011
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2012
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2013
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014
  0xa0, 0x00,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2015
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2016
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2017
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2018
};
2019
 
2020
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021
{
2022
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2025
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2026
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2027
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028
  0x00, 0xa0,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2029
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2030
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2031
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2032
};
2033
 
2034
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035
{
2036
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2039
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2040
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2041
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042
  0x51, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2044
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2045
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2046
};
2047
 
2048
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049
{
2050
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2053
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2054
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2055
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056
  0xc2, 0x51,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2058
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2059
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2060
};
2061
 
2062
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063
  {
2064
    {
2065
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
2066
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072
      12,
2073
      NULL
2074
    },
2075
    {
2076
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
2077
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083
      12,
2084
      NULL
2085
    },
2086
  },
2087
  {
2088
    {
2089
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2090
      NULL,
2091
      0,
2092
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096
      12,
2097
      NULL
2098
    },
2099
    {
2100
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2101
      NULL,
2102
      0,
2103
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107
      12,
2108
      NULL
2109
    },
2110
  }
2111
};
2112
 
2113
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116
   cache behavior.  */
2117
 
2118
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
 
2121
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
2123
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
2124
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125
   stubs separately.  */
2126
 
2127
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128
{
2129
  0xd0, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2132
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2133
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2135
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2137
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2139
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2141
};
2142
 
2143
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144
{
2145
  0x02, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2148
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2149
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2151
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2153
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2155
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2157
};
2158
 
2159
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160
  {
2161
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2162
    NULL,
2163
    0,
2164
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169
    NULL
2170
  },
2171
  {
2172
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2173
    NULL,
2174
    0,
2175
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180
    NULL
2181
  },
2182
};
2183
 
2184
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187
   but would not be any smaller.  */
2188
 
2189
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
 
2192
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193
{
2194
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2197
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2198
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2200
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2202
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2204
};
2205
 
2206
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207
{
2208
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2211
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2212
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2214
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2216
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2218
};
2219
 
2220
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2222
  NULL,
2223
  0,
2224
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229
  NULL
2230
};
2231
 
2232
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2234
  NULL,
2235
  0,
2236
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241
  NULL
2242
};
2243
 
2244
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245
  {
2246
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2247
    NULL,
2248
    0,
2249
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255
  },
2256
  {
2257
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2258
    NULL,
2259
    0,
2260
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266
  },
2267
};
2268
 
2269
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2270
   the object is position-independent.  */
2271
 
2272
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274
{
2275
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276
    {
2277
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278
         sequence.  */
2279
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280
        return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281
      else
2282
        return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283
    }
2284
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287
}
2288
 
2289
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291
   not data.  */
2292
 
2293
inline static void
2294
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296
{
2297
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298
}
2299
#endif
2300
 
2301
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2305
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
 
2307
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2308
 
2309
static bfd_vma
2310
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311
{
2312
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
 
2314
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316
    {
2317
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318
        {
2319
          plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320
          offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321
        }
2322
      else
2323
        info = info->short_plt;
2324
    }
2325
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326
}
2327
 
2328
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2329
 
2330
static bfd_vma
2331
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332
{
2333
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
 
2335
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336
    {
2337
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338
        {
2339
          offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340
          plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341
        }
2342
      else
2343
        info = info->short_plt;
2344
    }
2345
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346
          + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347
}
2348
 
2349
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350
   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351
   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352
   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2353
   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2354
 
2355
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356
{
2357
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
 
2359
  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2360
  asection *sec;
2361
 
2362
  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2363
  bfd_size_type count;
2364
 
2365
  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2366
  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367
};
2368
 
2369
union gotref
2370
{
2371
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372
  bfd_vma offset;
2373
};
2374
 
2375
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2376
 
2377
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378
{
2379
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
 
2381
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382
  union
2383
  {
2384
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385
    bfd_vma offset;
2386
  } datalabel_got;
2387
#endif
2388
 
2389
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2390
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
 
2392
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
 
2394
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2395
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2402
  union gotref funcdesc;
2403
 
2404
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2406
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
 
2408
  enum {
2409
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410
  } got_type;
2411
};
2412
 
2413
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
 
2415
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416
{
2417
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
 
2419
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2420
  char *local_got_type;
2421
 
2422
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2423
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424
};
2425
 
2426
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
 
2429
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
 
2432
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
 
2435
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
 
2440
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441
   as the specific tdata.  */
2442
 
2443
static bfd_boolean
2444
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445
{
2446
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447
                                  SH_ELF_DATA);
2448
}
2449
 
2450
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2451
 
2452
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453
{
2454
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
 
2456
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2457
  asection *sgot;
2458
  asection *sgotplt;
2459
  asection *srelgot;
2460
  asection *splt;
2461
  asection *srelplt;
2462
  asection *sdynbss;
2463
  asection *srelbss;
2464
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2465
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466
  asection *srofixup;
2467
 
2468
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2469
  asection *srelplt2;
2470
 
2471
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2472
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
 
2474
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2475
  union
2476
    {
2477
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478
      bfd_vma offset;
2479
    } tls_ldm_got;
2480
 
2481
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2482
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
 
2484
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2485
  bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
 
2487
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2488
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489
};
2490
 
2491
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2492
 
2493
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)                    \
2494
  (elf_link_hash_traverse                                               \
2495
   (&(table)->root,                                                     \
2496
    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497
    (info)))
2498
 
2499
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2500
 
2501
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503
  == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
 
2505
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2506
 
2507
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509
                          struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510
                          const char *string)
2511
{
2512
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
 
2515
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516
     subclass.  */
2517
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519
           bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520
                              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
 
2524
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2525
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526
         _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527
                                     table, string));
2528
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529
    {
2530
      ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533
      ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534
#endif
2535
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538
    }
2539
 
2540
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541
}
2542
 
2543
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2544
 
2545
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547
{
2548
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
 
2551
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553
    return NULL;
2554
 
2555
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556
                                      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557
                                      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558
                                      SH_ELF_DATA))
2559
    {
2560
      free (ret);
2561
      return NULL;
2562
    }
2563
 
2564
  ret->sgot = NULL;
2565
  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566
  ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567
  ret->splt = NULL;
2568
  ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574
  ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575
  ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576
  ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
 
2578
  return &ret->root.root;
2579
}
2580
 
2581
static bfd_boolean
2582
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583
                            struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584
{
2585
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
 
2587
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2588
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589
    return TRUE;
2590
 
2591
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592
     relocate independently.  */
2593
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594
    {
2595
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2597
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598
         SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2599
    case SHT_NULL:
2600
      return FALSE;
2601
 
2602
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603
         against any other section.  */
2604
    default:
2605
      return TRUE;
2606
    }
2607
}
2608
 
2609
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2611
 
2612
static bfd_boolean
2613
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614
{
2615
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
 
2617
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618
    return FALSE;
2619
 
2620
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621
  if (htab == NULL)
2622
    return FALSE;
2623
 
2624
  htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625
  htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626
  htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627
  if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628
    abort ();
2629
 
2630
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631
                                                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632
                                                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633
                                                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634
                                                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637
    return FALSE;
2638
 
2639
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640
                                                    ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641
                                                    (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642
                                                     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643
                                                     | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644
                                                     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645
                                                     | SEC_READONLY));
2646
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648
    return FALSE;
2649
 
2650
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2651
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652
                                                (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653
                                                 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654
                                                 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655
                                                 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656
                                                 | SEC_READONLY));
2657
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659
    return FALSE;
2660
 
2661
  return TRUE;
2662
}
2663
 
2664
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2665
 
2666
static bfd_boolean
2667
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668
{
2669
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2671
  asection *s;
2672
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673
  int ptralign = 0;
2674
 
2675
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676
    {
2677
    case 32:
2678
      ptralign = 2;
2679
      break;
2680
 
2681
    case 64:
2682
      ptralign = 3;
2683
      break;
2684
 
2685
    default:
2686
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687
      return FALSE;
2688
    }
2689
 
2690
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691
  if (htab == NULL)
2692
    return FALSE;
2693
 
2694
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695
    return TRUE;
2696
 
2697
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2699
 
2700
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
 
2703
  pltflags = flags;
2704
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
 
2710
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711
  htab->splt = s;
2712
  if (s == NULL
2713
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714
    return FALSE;
2715
 
2716
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717
    {
2718
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719
         .plt section.  */
2720
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
 
2723
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724
             (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725
              (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726
              get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727
        return FALSE;
2728
 
2729
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730
      h->def_regular = 1;
2731
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
 
2734
      if (info->shared
2735
          && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736
        return FALSE;
2737
    }
2738
 
2739
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740
                                   bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741
                                   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742
  htab->srelplt = s;
2743
  if (s == NULL
2744
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745
    return FALSE;
2746
 
2747
  if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749
    return FALSE;
2750
 
2751
  {
2752
    const char *secname;
2753
    char *relname;
2754
    flagword secflags;
2755
    asection *sec;
2756
 
2757
    for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758
      {
2759
        secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760
        if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761
            || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762
          continue;
2763
        secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764
        relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765
        strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766
        strcat (relname, secname);
2767
        if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768
          continue;
2769
        s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770
                                         flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771
        if (s == NULL
2772
            || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773
          return FALSE;
2774
      }
2775
  }
2776
 
2777
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778
    {
2779
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780
         by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781
         not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2782
         image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783
         initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784
         section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2785
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786
                                       SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787
      htab->sdynbss = s;
2788
      if (s == NULL)
2789
        return FALSE;
2790
 
2791
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2792
         normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793
         linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2794
         only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795
         until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796
         main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797
         (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798
         mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2799
         be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2800
         section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801
         copy relocs.  */
2802
      if (! info->shared)
2803
        {
2804
          s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805
                                           (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806
                                            ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807
                                           flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808
          htab->srelbss = s;
2809
          if (s == NULL
2810
              || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811
            return FALSE;
2812
        }
2813
    }
2814
 
2815
  if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816
    {
2817
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818
        return FALSE;
2819
    }
2820
 
2821
  return TRUE;
2822
}
2823
 
2824
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2826
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2827
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828
   understand.  */
2829
 
2830
static bfd_boolean
2831
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833
{
2834
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837
  asection *s;
2838
 
2839
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840
  if (htab == NULL)
2841
    return FALSE;
2842
 
2843
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2844
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845
              && (h->needs_plt
2846
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847
                  || (h->def_dynamic
2848
                      && h->ref_regular
2849
                      && !h->def_regular)));
2850
 
2851
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2852
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2854
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855
      || h->needs_plt)
2856
    {
2857
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861
        {
2862
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864
             object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865
             a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866
             reloc instead.  */
2867
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868
          h->needs_plt = 0;
2869
        }
2870
 
2871
      return TRUE;
2872
    }
2873
  else
2874
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
 
2876
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2879
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880
    {
2881
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887
      return TRUE;
2888
    }
2889
 
2890
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891
     is not a function.  */
2892
 
2893
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2897
  if (info->shared)
2898
    return TRUE;
2899
 
2900
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2902
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903
    return TRUE;
2904
 
2905
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2906
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907
    {
2908
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909
      return TRUE;
2910
    }
2911
 
2912
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914
    {
2915
      s = p->sec->output_section;
2916
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917
        break;
2918
    }
2919
 
2920
  /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921
     copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922
     the copy reloc.  */
2923
  if (p == NULL)
2924
    {
2925
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926
      return TRUE;
2927
    }
2928
 
2929
  if (h->size == 0)
2930
    {
2931
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932
                             h->root.root.string);
2933
      return TRUE;
2934
    }
2935
 
2936
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2938
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2939
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2945
 
2946
  s = htab->sdynbss;
2947
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
 
2949
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2952
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2953
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954
    {
2955
      asection *srel;
2956
 
2957
      srel = htab->srelbss;
2958
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2961
    }
2962
 
2963
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964
}
2965
 
2966
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967
   dynamic relocs.  */
2968
 
2969
static bfd_boolean
2970
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971
{
2972
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
 
2977
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978
    return TRUE;
2979
 
2980
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2981
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2982
  if (htab == NULL)
2983
    return FALSE;
2984
 
2985
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2986
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2987
       || h->forced_local)
2988
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2989
    {
2990
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2991
         so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2992
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2993
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2994
        h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2995
    }
2996
 
2997
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2998
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
2999
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3000
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3001
    {
3002
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3003
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3004
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3005
          && !h->forced_local)
3006
        {
3007
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3008
            return FALSE;
3009
        }
3010
 
3011
      if (info->shared
3012
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3013
        {
3014
          asection *s = htab->splt;
3015
          const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3016
 
3017
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3018
             first entry.  */
3019
          if (s->size == 0)
3020
            s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3021
 
3022
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
3023
 
3024
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3025
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3026
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3027
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3028
             the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3029
             function's address will be the address of the canonical
3030
             function descriptor.  */
3031
          if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3032
            {
3033
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
3034
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3035
            }
3036
 
3037
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
3038
          plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3039
          if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3040
              && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3041
            plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3042
          s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3043
 
3044
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3045
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
3046
          if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3047
            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3048
          else
3049
            htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3050
 
3051
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
3052
          htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3053
 
3054
          if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3055
            {
3056
              /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3057
                 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
3058
                 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
3059
 
3060
              /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3061
                 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3062
              if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3063
                htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3064
 
3065
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3066
                 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3067
                 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
3068
              htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3069
            }
3070
        }
3071
      else
3072
        {
3073
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3074
          h->needs_plt = 0;
3075
        }
3076
    }
3077
  else
3078
    {
3079
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080
      h->needs_plt = 0;
3081
    }
3082
 
3083
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3084
    {
3085
      asection *s;
3086
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3087
      int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3088
 
3089
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3090
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3091
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3092
          && !h->forced_local)
3093
        {
3094
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3095
            return FALSE;
3096
        }
3097
 
3098
      s = htab->sgot;
3099
      h->got.offset = s->size;
3100
      s->size += 4;
3101
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
3102
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3103
        s->size += 4;
3104
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3105
      if (!dyn)
3106
        {
3107
          /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
3108
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3109
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3110
              && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3111
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3112
        }
3113
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3114
         R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
3115
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3116
               || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3117
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3118
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3119
        htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3120
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3121
        {
3122
          if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3123
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3124
          else
3125
            htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126
        }
3127
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3128
                || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3129
               && (info->shared
3130
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3131
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132
      else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3133
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3135
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3136
    }
3137
  else
3138
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3139
 
3140
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3141
  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3142
    {
3143
      asection *s;
3144
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3145
 
3146
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3147
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3148
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3149
          && !h->forced_local)
3150
        {
3151
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3152
            return FALSE;
3153
        }
3154
 
3155
      s = htab->sgot;
3156
      eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3157
      s->size += 4;
3158
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3159
      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3160
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3161
    }
3162
  else
3163
    eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3164
#endif
3165
 
3166
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3167
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
3168
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3169
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3170
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
3171
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3172
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3173
          || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3174
              && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3175
    {
3176
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3177
        htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3178
      else
3179
        htab->srelgot->size
3180
          += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3181
    }
3182
 
3183
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3184
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3185
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
3186
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3187
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3188
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
3189
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3190
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3191
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3192
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3193
    {
3194
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
3195
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3196
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3197
 
3198
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3199
         function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
3200
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3201
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3202
      else
3203
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3204
    }
3205
 
3206
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3207
    return TRUE;
3208
 
3209
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3210
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3211
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3212
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3213
     visibility changes.  */
3214
 
3215
  if (info->shared)
3216
    {
3217
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3218
        {
3219
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3220
 
3221
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3222
            {
3223
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
3224
              p->pc_count = 0;
3225
              if (p->count == 0)
3226
                *pp = p->next;
3227
              else
3228
                pp = &p->next;
3229
            }
3230
        }
3231
 
3232
      if (htab->vxworks_p)
3233
        {
3234
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3235
 
3236
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3237
            {
3238
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3239
                *pp = p->next;
3240
              else
3241
                pp = &p->next;
3242
            }
3243
        }
3244
 
3245
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3246
         visibility.  */
3247
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3248
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3249
        {
3250
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3251
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3252
 
3253
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3254
             symbol in PIEs.  */
3255
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
3256
                   && !h->forced_local)
3257
            {
3258
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3259
                return FALSE;
3260
            }
3261
        }
3262
    }
3263
  else
3264
    {
3265
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3266
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3267
         dynamic.  */
3268
 
3269
      if (!h->non_got_ref
3270
          && ((h->def_dynamic
3271
               && !h->def_regular)
3272
              || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3273
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3274
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3275
        {
3276
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3277
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3278
          if (h->dynindx == -1
3279
              && !h->forced_local)
3280
            {
3281
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3282
                return FALSE;
3283
            }
3284
 
3285
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3286
             relocs.  */
3287
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
3288
            goto keep;
3289
        }
3290
 
3291
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3292
 
3293
    keep: ;
3294
    }
3295
 
3296
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3297
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3298
    {
3299
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3300
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3301
 
3302
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3303
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3304
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3305
    }
3306
 
3307
  return TRUE;
3308
}
3309
 
3310
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3311
 
3312
static bfd_boolean
3313
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3314
{
3315
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3316
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3317
 
3318
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3319
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3320
    {
3321
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3322
 
3323
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3324
        {
3325
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3326
 
3327
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3328
 
3329
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3330
          return FALSE;
3331
        }
3332
    }
3333
  return TRUE;
3334
}
3335
 
3336
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3337
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3338
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
3339
 
3340
static bfd_boolean
3341
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3342
{
3343
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3344
 
3345
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3346
    {
3347
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3348
 
3349
      /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created.  */
3350
      if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3351
        elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3352
 
3353
      /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet.  */
3354
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3355
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3356
      if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3357
          || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3358
          || !h->def_regular)
3359
        {
3360
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3361
 
3362
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3363
                (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3364
                 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3365
                 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3366
                 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3367
            return FALSE;
3368
 
3369
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3370
          h->def_regular = 1;
3371
          h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3372
        }
3373
    }
3374
  return TRUE;
3375
}
3376
 
3377
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3378
 
3379
static bfd_boolean
3380
sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3381
{
3382
  struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3383
  struct elf_segment_map *m;
3384
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3385
 
3386
  /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3387
     sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data ().  */
3388
  if (! info)
3389
    return TRUE;
3390
 
3391
  for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3392
    if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3393
      break;
3394
 
3395
  if (m)
3396
    {
3397
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3398
 
3399
      /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol.  */
3400
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3401
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3402
      if (h)
3403
        {
3404
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3405
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3406
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3407
          BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3408
        }
3409
 
3410
      /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value.  We
3411
         intentionally ignore the symbol section.  */
3412
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3413
        p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3414
      else
3415
        p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3416
 
3417
      p->p_align = 8;
3418
    }
3419
 
3420
  return TRUE;
3421
}
3422
 
3423
#endif
3424
 
3425
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3426
 
3427
static bfd_boolean
3428
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3429
                              struct bfd_link_info *info)
3430
{
3431
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3432
  bfd *dynobj;
3433
  asection *s;
3434
  bfd_boolean relocs;
3435
  bfd *ibfd;
3436
 
3437
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3438
  if (htab == NULL)
3439
    return FALSE;
3440
 
3441
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3442
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3443
 
3444
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3445
    {
3446
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
3447
      if (info->executable)
3448
        {
3449
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3450
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3451
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3452
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3453
        }
3454
    }
3455
 
3456
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3457
     relocs.  */
3458
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3459
    {
3460
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3461
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3462
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3463
      char *local_got_type;
3464
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3465
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3466
      asection *srel;
3467
 
3468
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3469
        continue;
3470
 
3471
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3472
        {
3473
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3474
 
3475
          for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3476
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3477
               p != NULL;
3478
               p = p->next)
3479
            {
3480
              if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3481
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3482
                {
3483
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3484
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3485
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3486
                     the relocs too.  */
3487
                }
3488
              else if (htab->vxworks_p
3489
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3490
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
3491
                {
3492
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3493
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
3494
                }
3495
              else if (p->count != 0)
3496
                {
3497
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3498
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3499
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3500
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3501
 
3502
                  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3503
                  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3504
                    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3505
                }
3506
            }
3507
        }
3508
 
3509
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3510
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3511
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3512
      /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
3513
      locsymcount *= 2;
3514
#endif
3515
      s = htab->sgot;
3516
      srel = htab->srelgot;
3517
 
3518
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3519
      if (local_got)
3520
        {
3521
          end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3522
          local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3523
          local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3524
          for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3525
            {
3526
              if (*local_got > 0)
3527
                {
3528
                  *local_got = s->size;
3529
                  s->size += 4;
3530
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3531
                    s->size += 4;
3532
                  if (info->shared)
3533
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3534
                  else
3535
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3536
 
3537
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3538
                    {
3539
                      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3540
                        {
3541
                          bfd_size_type size;
3542
 
3543
                          size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3544
                          local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3545
                                                                        size);
3546
                          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3547
                            return FALSE;
3548
                          sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3549
                          local_funcdesc += (local_got
3550
                                             - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3551
                        }
3552
                      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3553
                      ++local_funcdesc;
3554
                    }
3555
                }
3556
              else
3557
                *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3558
              ++local_got_type;
3559
            }
3560
        }
3561
 
3562
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3563
      if (local_funcdesc)
3564
        {
3565
          end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3566
 
3567
          for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3568
            {
3569
              if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3570
                {
3571
                  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3572
                  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3573
                  if (!info->shared)
3574
                    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3575
                  else
3576
                    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3577
                }
3578
              else
3579
                local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3580
            }
3581
        }
3582
 
3583
    }
3584
 
3585
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3586
    {
3587
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3588
         relocs.  */
3589
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3590
      htab->sgot->size += 8;
3591
      htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3592
    }
3593
  else
3594
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3595
 
3596
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3597
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3598
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3599
    {
3600
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3601
      htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3602
    }
3603
 
3604
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3605
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3606
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3607
 
3608
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3609
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3610
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3611
    {
3612
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3613
      htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3614
    }
3615
 
3616
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3617
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3618
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3619
 
3620
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3621
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3622
  relocs = FALSE;
3623
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3624
    {
3625
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3626
        continue;
3627
 
3628
      if (s == htab->splt
3629
          || s == htab->sgot
3630
          || s == htab->sgotplt
3631
          || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3632
          || s == htab->srofixup
3633
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
3634
        {
3635
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3636
             comment below.  */
3637
        }
3638
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3639
        {
3640
          if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3641
            relocs = TRUE;
3642
 
3643
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3644
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3645
          s->reloc_count = 0;
3646
        }
3647
      else
3648
        {
3649
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3650
          continue;
3651
        }
3652
 
3653
      if (s->size == 0)
3654
        {
3655
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3656
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3657
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3658
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3659
             before the linker maps input sections to output
3660
             sections.  The linker does that before
3661
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3662
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
3663
             into these sections.  */
3664
 
3665
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3666
          continue;
3667
        }
3668
 
3669
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3670
        continue;
3671
 
3672
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3673
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3674
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3675
         but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3676
         of garbage.  */
3677
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3678
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3679
        return FALSE;
3680
    }
3681
 
3682
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3683
    {
3684
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
3685
         values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3686
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3687
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3688
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
3689
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3690
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3691
 
3692
      if (info->executable)
3693
        {
3694
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3695
            return FALSE;
3696
        }
3697
 
3698
      if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3699
        {
3700
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3701
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3702
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3703
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3704
            return FALSE;
3705
        }
3706
      else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3707
               && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3708
        {
3709
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3710
            return FALSE;
3711
        }
3712
 
3713
      if (relocs)
3714
        {
3715
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3716
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3717
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3718
                                      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3719
            return FALSE;
3720
 
3721
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3722
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
3723
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3724
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3725
 
3726
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3727
            {
3728
              if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3729
                return FALSE;
3730
            }
3731
        }
3732
      if (htab->vxworks_p
3733
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3734
        return FALSE;
3735
    }
3736
#undef add_dynamic_entry
3737
 
3738
  return TRUE;
3739
}
3740
 
3741
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3742
 
3743
inline static bfd_vma
3744
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3745
                      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3746
{
3747
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3748
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3749
 
3750
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3751
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3752
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3753
 
3754
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3755
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3756
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3757
                             sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3758
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3759
 
3760
  return reloc_offset;
3761
}
3762
 
3763
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3764
 
3765
inline static void
3766
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3767
{
3768
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3769
 
3770
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3771
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3772
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3773
}
3774
 
3775
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3776
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3777
 
3778
static bfd_signed_vma
3779
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3780
{
3781
  return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3782
          - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3783
}
3784
 
3785
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3786
   located.  */
3787
 
3788
static unsigned
3789
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3790
{
3791
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3792
                                                                   osec);
3793
 
3794
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3795
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3796
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3797
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3798
}
3799
 
3800
static bfd_boolean
3801
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3802
{
3803
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3804
 
3805
  return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3806
}
3807
 
3808
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3809
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3810
static bfd_boolean
3811
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3812
                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
3813
                            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3814
                            bfd_vma offset,
3815
                            asection *section,
3816
                            bfd_vma value)
3817
{
3818
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3819
  int dynindx;
3820
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3821
 
3822
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3823
 
3824
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3825
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3826
     go in the reloc instead... */
3827
 
3828
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3829
    {
3830
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3831
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3832
    }
3833
 
3834
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3835
    {
3836
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3837
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3838
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3839
    }
3840
  else
3841
    {
3842
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3843
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3844
      addr = seg = 0;
3845
    }
3846
 
3847
  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3848
    {
3849
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3850
        {
3851
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3852
                              offset
3853
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3854
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3855
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3856
                              offset + 4
3857
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3858
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3859
        }
3860
 
3861
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3862
         address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3863
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3864
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3865
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3866
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3867
    }
3868
  else
3869
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3870
                          offset
3871
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3872
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3873
                          R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3874
 
3875
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3876
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3877
 
3878
  return TRUE;
3879
}
3880
 
3881
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3882
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3883
   otherwise.  */
3884
 
3885
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3886
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3887
                      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3888
                      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3889
{
3890
  unsigned long cur_val;
3891
  bfd_byte *addr;
3892
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3893
 
3894
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3895
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3896
 
3897
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3898
                          bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3899
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3900
    return r;
3901
 
3902
  addr = contents + offset;
3903
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3904
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3905
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3906
 
3907
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3908
}
3909
 
3910
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3911
 
3912
static bfd_boolean
3913
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3914
                         bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3915
                         bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3916
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3917
                         asection **local_sections)
3918
{
3919
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3920
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3921
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3922
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3923
  bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3924
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3925
  asection *sgot = NULL;
3926
  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3927
  asection *splt = NULL;
3928
  asection *sreloc = NULL;
3929
  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3930
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3931
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3932
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3933
 
3934
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3935
 
3936
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3937
  if (htab != NULL)
3938
    {
3939
      dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3940
      sgot = htab->sgot;
3941
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3942
      splt = htab->splt;
3943
      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3944
    }
3945
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3946
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3947
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3948
 
3949
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3950
                                         input_section->output_section);
3951
  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3952
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3953
                                          sgot->output_section);
3954
  else
3955
    got_segment = -1;
3956
  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3957
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3958
                                          splt->output_section);
3959
  else
3960
    plt_segment = -1;
3961
 
3962
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3963
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3964
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3965
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3966
                                ".tls_vars"));
3967
 
3968
  rel = relocs;
3969
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3970
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3971
    {
3972
      int r_type;
3973
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3974
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3975
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3976
      asection *sec;
3977
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3978
      bfd_vma relocation;
3979
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3980
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3981
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3982
      bfd_vma off;
3983
      int got_type;
3984
      const char *symname = NULL;
3985
 
3986
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3987
 
3988
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3989
 
3990
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3991
         handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
3992
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3993
          && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3994
        continue;
3995
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3996
        continue;
3997
 
3998
      if (r_type < 0
3999
          || r_type >= R_SH_max
4000
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4001
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4002
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4003
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4004
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4005
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4006
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4007
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4008
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4009
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4010
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4011
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4012
        {
4013
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4014
          return FALSE;
4015
        }
4016
 
4017
      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4018
 
4019
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4020
         the relocation.  */
4021
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4022
        addend = rel->r_addend;
4023
 
4024
      h = NULL;
4025
      sym = NULL;
4026
      sec = NULL;
4027
      check_segment[0] = -1;
4028
      check_segment[1] = -1;
4029
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4030
        {
4031
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4032
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4033
 
4034
          symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4035
            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4036
          if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4037
            symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4038
 
4039
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4040
                        + sec->output_offset
4041
                        + sym->st_value);
4042
          /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4043
             datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
4044
             without notice.  */
4045
          if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4046
            ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4047
             (info,
4048
              _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4049
              input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4050
 
4051
          if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4052
            /* Handled below.  */
4053
            ;
4054
          else if (info->relocatable)
4055
            {
4056
              /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
4057
                 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4058
                 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4059
                 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
4060
              if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4061
                {
4062
                  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4063
                    {
4064
                      /* For relocations with the addend in the
4065
                         relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4066
                         All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4067
                         code is mostly for completeness.  */
4068
                      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4069
 
4070
                      continue;
4071
                    }
4072
 
4073
                  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4074
                     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4075
                     from the changed location of the section symbol.
4076
                     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4077
                     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4078
                     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4079
                     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4080
                     final link.  */
4081
                  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4082
                                              sec->output_offset
4083
                                              + sym->st_value,
4084
                                              contents + rel->r_offset);
4085
                  goto relocation_done;
4086
                }
4087
 
4088
              continue;
4089
            }
4090
          else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4091
            {
4092
              relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4093
              addend = rel->r_addend;
4094
            }
4095
          else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4096
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4097
            {
4098
              asection *msec;
4099
 
4100
              if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4101
                {
4102
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4103
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4104
                     input_bfd, input_section,
4105
                     (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4106
                  return FALSE;
4107
                }
4108
 
4109
              addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4110
              msec = sec;
4111
              addend =
4112
                _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4113
                - relocation;
4114
              addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4115
              bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4116
              addend = 0;
4117
            }
4118
        }
4119
      else
4120
        {
4121
          /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
4122
 
4123
          relocation = 0;
4124
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4125
          symname = h->root.root.string;
4126
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4128
            {
4129
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4130
              /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4131
                 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4132
                 doesn't count.  */
4133
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4134
#endif
4135
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4136
            }
4137
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4138
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4139
            {
4140
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4141
 
4142
              dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4143
              sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4144
              /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4145
                 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4146
                 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
4147
              if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4148
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4149
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4150
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4151
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4152
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4153
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4154
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4155
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4156
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4157
                      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4158
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4159
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4160
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4161
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4162
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4163
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4164
                       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4165
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4166
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4167
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4168
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4169
                      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4170
                      && (! info->shared
4171
                          || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4172
                          || !h->def_regular))
4173
                  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4174
                     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
4175
                     below are those in which we must defer relocation
4176
                     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4177
                     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
4178
                  || (info->shared
4179
                      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4180
                          || !h->def_regular)
4181
                      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4182
                           && !h->forced_local)
4183
                          || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4184
                              && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4185
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4186
                          /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4187
                             sections against symbols defined externally
4188
                             in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
4189
                             with them here.  */
4190
                          || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4191
                              && h->def_dynamic)))
4192
                  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4193
                     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4194
                     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4195
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4196
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4197
                          && h->def_dynamic))
4198
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4199
                      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4200
                          || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4201
                ;
4202
              else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4203
                relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4204
                              + sec->output_section->vma
4205
                              + sec->output_offset)
4206
                              /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4207
                                 symbol value, unless we've seen
4208
                                 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
4209
                              | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4210
                                 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4211
              else if (!info->relocatable)
4212
                {
4213
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4214
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4215
                     input_bfd,
4216
                     input_section,
4217
                     (long) rel->r_offset,
4218
                     howto->name,
4219
                     h->root.root.string);
4220
                  return FALSE;
4221
                }
4222
            }
4223
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4224
            ;
4225
          else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4226
                   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4227
            ;
4228
          else if (!info->relocatable)
4229
            {
4230
              if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4231
                  (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4232
                   input_section, rel->r_offset,
4233
                   (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4234
                    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4235
                return FALSE;
4236
            }
4237
        }
4238
 
4239
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4240
        RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4241
                                         rel, relend, howto, contents);
4242
 
4243
      if (info->relocatable)
4244
        continue;
4245
 
4246
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
4247
         relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4248
         the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
4249
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4250
      if (sec != NULL)
4251
        check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4252
                                                   sec->output_section);
4253
      else
4254
        check_segment[1] = -1;
4255
 
4256
      switch ((int) r_type)
4257
        {
4258
        final_link_relocate:
4259
          /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4260
             R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
4261
          r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4262
                                        contents, rel->r_offset,
4263
                                        relocation, addend);
4264
          break;
4265
 
4266
        case R_SH_IND12W:
4267
          goto final_link_relocate;
4268
 
4269
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4270
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4271
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4272
          /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4273
             the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4274
             is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
4275
             against the start of this section, then it's against an
4276
             external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
4277
          if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4278
              != relocation)
4279
            {
4280
              int disp = (relocation
4281
                          - input_section->output_section->vma
4282
                          - input_section->output_offset
4283
                          - rel->r_offset);
4284
              int mask = 0;
4285
              switch (r_type)
4286
                {
4287
                case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4288
                case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4289
                case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4290
                default: mask = 0; break;
4291
                }
4292
              if (disp & mask)
4293
                {
4294
                  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4295
                   (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4296
                    input_section->owner,
4297
                    (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4298
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4299
                  return FALSE;
4300
                }
4301
              relocation -= 4;
4302
              goto final_link_relocate;
4303
            }
4304
          r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4305
          break;
4306
 
4307
        default:
4308
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4309
          if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4310
                                     contents, rel, &relocation))
4311
            goto final_link_relocate;
4312
#endif
4313
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4314
          return FALSE;
4315
 
4316
        case R_SH_DIR16:
4317
        case R_SH_DIR8:
4318
        case R_SH_DIR8U:
4319
        case R_SH_DIR8S:
4320
        case R_SH_DIR4U:
4321
          goto final_link_relocate;
4322
 
4323
        case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4324
        case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4325
          if (relocation & 3)
4326
            {
4327
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4328
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4329
                input_section->owner,
4330
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4331
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4332
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4333
              return FALSE;
4334
            }
4335
          goto final_link_relocate;
4336
 
4337
        case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4338
        case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4339
        case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4340
          if (relocation & 1)
4341
            {
4342
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4343
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4344
                input_section->owner,
4345
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4346
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4347
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4348
              return FALSE;
4349
            }
4350
          goto final_link_relocate;
4351
 
4352
        case R_SH_PSHA:
4353
          if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4354
              || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4355
            {
4356
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4357
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4358
                input_section->owner,
4359
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4360
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4361
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4362
              return FALSE;
4363
            }
4364
          goto final_link_relocate;
4365
 
4366
        case R_SH_PSHL:
4367
          if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4368
              || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4369
            {
4370
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4371
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4372
                input_section->owner,
4373
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4374
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4375
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4376
              return FALSE;
4377
            }
4378
          goto final_link_relocate;
4379
 
4380
        case R_SH_DIR32:
4381
        case R_SH_REL32:
4382
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4383
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4384
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4385
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4386
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4387
#endif
4388
          if (info->shared
4389
              && (h == NULL
4390
                  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4391
                  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4392
              && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4393
              && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4394
              && !is_vxworks_tls
4395
              && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4396
                  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4397
            {
4398
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4399
              bfd_byte *loc;
4400
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4401
 
4402
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4403
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4404
                 time.  */
4405
 
4406
              if (sreloc == NULL)
4407
                {
4408
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4409
                    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4410
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
4411
                    return FALSE;
4412
                }
4413
 
4414
              skip = FALSE;
4415
              relocate = FALSE;
4416
 
4417
              outrel.r_offset =
4418
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4419
                                         rel->r_offset);
4420
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4421
                skip = TRUE;
4422
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4423
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4424
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4425
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
4426
 
4427
              if (skip)
4428
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4429
              else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4430
                {
4431
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4432
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4433
                  outrel.r_addend
4434
                    = (howto->partial_inplace
4435
                       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4436
                       : addend);
4437
                }
4438
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4439
              else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4440
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4441
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4442
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4443
                {
4444
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4445
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4446
                  outrel.r_addend = addend;
4447
                }
4448
#endif
4449
              else if (fdpic_p
4450
                       && (h == NULL
4451
                           || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4452
                               && h->def_regular)))
4453
                {
4454
                  int dynindx;
4455
 
4456
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4457
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4458
                  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4459
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4460
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4461
                  outrel.r_addend
4462
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4463
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4464
                        : addend);
4465
                  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4466
                }
4467
              else
4468
                {
4469
                  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4470
                     become local.  */
4471
                  if (h == NULL
4472
                      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4473
                          && h->def_regular))
4474
                    {
4475
                      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4476
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4477
                    }
4478
                  else
4479
                    {
4480
                      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4481
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4482
                    }
4483
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4484
                  outrel.r_addend
4485
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4486
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4487
                        : addend);
4488
                }
4489
 
4490
              loc = sreloc->contents;
4491
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4492
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4493
 
4494
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4495
 
4496
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4497
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
4498
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4499
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
4500
              if (! relocate)
4501
                continue;
4502
            }
4503
          else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4504
                   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4505
                   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4506
            {
4507
              bfd_vma offset;
4508
 
4509
              BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4510
 
4511
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4512
                                            input_section->output_section))
4513
                  {
4514
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4515
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4516
                       input_bfd,
4517
                       input_section,
4518
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4519
                       symname);
4520
                    return FALSE;
4521
                  }
4522
 
4523
              offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4524
                                                input_section, rel->r_offset);
4525
              if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4526
                sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4527
                                    input_section->output_section->vma
4528
                                    + input_section->output_offset
4529
                                    + rel->r_offset);
4530
 
4531
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4532
            }
4533
          goto final_link_relocate;
4534
 
4535
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4536
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4537
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4538
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4539
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4540
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4541
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4542
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4543
#endif
4544
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4545
             procedure linkage table.  */
4546
 
4547
          if (h == NULL
4548
              || h->forced_local
4549
              || ! info->shared
4550
              || info->symbolic
4551
              || h->dynindx == -1
4552
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4553
              || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4554
            goto force_got;
4555
 
4556
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4557
             offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4558
 
4559
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4560
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4561
          relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4562
                        + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4563
                           + 3) * 4);
4564
 
4565
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4566
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4567
#endif
4568
 
4569
          goto final_link_relocate;
4570
 
4571
        force_got:
4572
        case R_SH_GOT32:
4573
        case R_SH_GOT20:
4574
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4575
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4576
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4577
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4578
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4579
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4580
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4581
#endif
4582
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4583
             offset table.  */
4584
 
4585
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4586
          BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4587
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4588
 
4589
          if (h != NULL)
4590
            {
4591
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4592
 
4593
              off = h->got.offset;
4594
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4595
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4596
                {
4597
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4598
 
4599
                  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4600
                  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4601
                }
4602
#endif
4603
              BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4604
 
4605
              dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4606
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4607
                  || (info->shared
4608
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4609
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4610
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4611
                {
4612
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4613
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4614
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4615
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
4616
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4617
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4618
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
4619
                     initialized it already.
4620
 
4621
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4622
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4623
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4624
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4625
                    off &= ~1;
4626
                  else
4627
                    {
4628
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4629
                                  sgot->contents + off);
4630
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4631
                      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4632
                        {
4633
                          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4634
 
4635
                          hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4636
                          hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4637
                        }
4638
                      else
4639
#endif
4640
                        h->got.offset |= 1;
4641
 
4642
                      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4643
                         symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4644
                      if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4645
                          && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4646
                          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4647
                              || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4648
                        sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4649
                                            sgot->output_section->vma
4650
                                            + sgot->output_offset
4651
                                            + off);
4652
                    }
4653
                }
4654
 
4655
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4656
            }
4657
          else
4658
            {
4659
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4660
              if (rel->r_addend)
4661
                {
4662
                  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4663
                              && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4664
                                                    + r_symndx]
4665
                                  != (bfd_vma) -1));
4666
 
4667
                  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4668
                                          + r_symndx];
4669
                }
4670
              else
4671
                {
4672
#endif
4673
              BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4674
                          && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4675
 
4676
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4677
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4678
                }
4679
#endif
4680
 
4681
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4682
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4683
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4684
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
4685
                off &= ~1;
4686
              else
4687
                {
4688
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4689
 
4690
                  if (info->shared)
4691
                    {
4692
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4693
                      bfd_byte *loc;
4694
 
4695
                      if (srelgot == NULL)
4696
                        {
4697
                          srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4698
                                                             ".rela.got");
4699
                          BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4700
                        }
4701
 
4702
                      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4703
                                         + sgot->output_offset
4704
                                         + off);
4705
                      if (fdpic_p)
4706
                        {
4707
                          int dynindx
4708
                            = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4709
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4710
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4711
                          outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4712
                        }
4713
                      else
4714
                        {
4715
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4716
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4717
                        }
4718
                      loc = srelgot->contents;
4719
                      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4720
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4721
                    }
4722
                  else if (fdpic_p
4723
                           && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4724
                               == GOT_NORMAL))
4725
                    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4726
                                        sgot->output_section->vma
4727
                                        + sgot->output_offset
4728
                                        + off);
4729
 
4730
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4731
                  if (rel->r_addend)
4732
                    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4733
                  else
4734
#endif
4735
                    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4736
                }
4737
 
4738
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4739
            }
4740
 
4741
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4742
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4743
#endif
4744
 
4745
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4746
            {
4747
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4748
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4749
                                        rel->r_offset);
4750
              break;
4751
            }
4752
          else
4753
            goto final_link_relocate;
4754
 
4755
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4756
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4757
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4758
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4759
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4760
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4761
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4762
#endif
4763
          /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4764
             we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4765
             as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4766
             descriptors in front of it.  */
4767
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4768
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4769
          check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4770
          relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4771
            + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4772
 
4773
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4774
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4775
#endif
4776
 
4777
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4778
 
4779
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4780
            {
4781
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4782
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4783
                                        rel->r_offset);
4784
              break;
4785
            }
4786
          else
4787
            goto final_link_relocate;
4788
 
4789
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
4790
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4791
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4792
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4793
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4794
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4795
#endif
4796
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4797
 
4798
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4799
          relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4800
 
4801
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4802
          relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4803
#endif
4804
 
4805
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4806
 
4807
          goto final_link_relocate;
4808
 
4809
        case R_SH_PLT32:
4810
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4811
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4812
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4813
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4814
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4815
#endif
4816
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4817
             procedure linkage table.  */
4818
 
4819
          /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4820
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4821
          if (h == NULL)
4822
            goto final_link_relocate;
4823
 
4824
          /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4825
             as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4826
             anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4827
             behavior.  */
4828
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4829
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4830
 
4831
          if (h->forced_local)
4832
            goto final_link_relocate;
4833
 
4834
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4835
            {
4836
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4837
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4838
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4839
              goto final_link_relocate;
4840
            }
4841
 
4842
          BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4843
          check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4844
          relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4845
                        + splt->output_offset
4846
                        + h->plt.offset);
4847
 
4848
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4849
          relocation++;
4850
#endif
4851
 
4852
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4853
 
4854
          goto final_link_relocate;
4855
 
4856
        /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4857
           symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4858
           entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4859
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4860
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4861
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4862
          {
4863
            int dynindx = -1;
4864
            asection *reloc_section;
4865
            bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4866
            int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4867
 
4868
            BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4869
 
4870
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4871
 
4872
            /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4873
               executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4874
               to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4875
               does.  */
4876
 
4877
            relocation = 0;
4878
            addend = 0;
4879
 
4880
            if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4881
              {
4882
                reloc_section = input_section;
4883
                reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4884
              }
4885
            else
4886
              {
4887
                reloc_section = sgot;
4888
 
4889
                if (h != NULL)
4890
                  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4891
                else
4892
                  {
4893
                    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4894
                    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4895
                  }
4896
                BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4897
 
4898
                if (reloc_offset & 1)
4899
                  {
4900
                    reloc_offset &= ~1;
4901
                    goto funcdesc_done_got;
4902
                  }
4903
              }
4904
 
4905
            if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4906
                && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4907
                    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4908
              /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4909
                 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4910
              goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4911
            else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4912
                     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4913
              {
4914
                /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4915
                   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4916
                   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4917
                   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4918
                   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4919
                   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4920
                dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4921
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4922
                relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4923
                  + h->root.u.def.value;
4924
              }
4925
            else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4926
              {
4927
                /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4928
                   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4929
                   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4930
                   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4931
                   descriptor.  */
4932
                BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4933
                dynindx = h->dynindx;
4934
              }
4935
            else
4936
              {
4937
                bfd_vma offset;
4938
 
4939
                /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4940
                   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4941
                reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4942
                dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4943
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4944
 
4945
                if (h)
4946
                  {
4947
                    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4948
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4949
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4950
                      {
4951
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4952
                                                         offset, NULL, 0))
4953
                          return FALSE;
4954
                        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4955
                      }
4956
                  }
4957
                else
4958
                  {
4959
                    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4960
 
4961
                    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4962
                    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4963
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4964
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4965
                      {
4966
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4967
                                                         offset, sec,
4968
                                                         sym->st_value))
4969
                          return FALSE;
4970
                        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4971
                      }
4972
                  }
4973
 
4974
                relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4975
              }
4976
 
4977
            if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4978
              {
4979
                bfd_vma offset;
4980
 
4981
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4982
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
4983
                  {
4984
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4985
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4986
                       input_bfd,
4987
                       input_section,
4988
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4989
                       symname);
4990
                    return FALSE;
4991
                  }
4992
 
4993
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4994
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4995
 
4996
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4997
                  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4998
                                      offset
4999
                                      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5000
                                      + reloc_section->output_offset);
5001
              }
5002
            else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5003
                      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5004
              {
5005
                bfd_vma offset;
5006
 
5007
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5008
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
5009
                  {
5010
                    info->callbacks->warning
5011
                      (info,
5012
                       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5013
                       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5014
                    return FALSE;
5015
                  }
5016
 
5017
                if (srelgot == NULL)
5018
                  {
5019
                    srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5020
                    BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5021
                  }
5022
 
5023
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5024
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5025
 
5026
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5027
                  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5028
                                        offset
5029
                                        + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5030
                                        + reloc_section->output_offset,
5031
                                        reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5032
 
5033
                if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5034
                  {
5035
                    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5036
                    break;
5037
                  }
5038
                else
5039
                  {
5040
                    relocation = 0;
5041
                    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5042
                  }
5043
              }
5044
 
5045
            if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5046
              relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5047
          funcdesc_leave_zero:
5048
            if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5049
              {
5050
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5051
                            reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5052
                if (h != NULL)
5053
                  h->got.offset |= 1;
5054
                else
5055
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5056
 
5057
              funcdesc_done_got:
5058
 
5059
                relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5060
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5061
                relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5062
#endif
5063
              }
5064
            if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5065
              {
5066
                r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5067
                                          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5068
                                          rel->r_offset);
5069
                break;
5070
              }
5071
            else
5072
              goto final_link_relocate;
5073
          }
5074
          break;
5075
 
5076
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5077
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5078
          /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5079
             executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
5080
             ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5081
             for them.  */
5082
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5083
 
5084
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5085
          relocation = 0;
5086
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5087
 
5088
          if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5089
                    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5090
            {
5091
              _bfd_error_handler
5092
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5093
                 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5094
                 h->root.root.string);
5095
              return FALSE;
5096
            }
5097
          else
5098
            {
5099
              bfd_vma offset;
5100
 
5101
              /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5102
                 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
5103
              if (h)
5104
                {
5105
                  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5106
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5107
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5108
                    {
5109
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5110
                                                       offset, NULL, 0))
5111
                        return FALSE;
5112
                      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5113
                    }
5114
                }
5115
              else
5116
                {
5117
                  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5118
 
5119
                  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5120
                  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5121
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5122
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5123
                    {
5124
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5125
                                                       offset, sec,
5126
                                                       sym->st_value))
5127
                        return FALSE;
5128
                      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5129
                    }
5130
                }
5131
 
5132
              relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5133
            }
5134
 
5135
          relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5136
                         + sgotplt->output_offset);
5137
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5138
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5139
#endif
5140
 
5141
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5142
            {
5143
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5144
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5145
                                        rel->r_offset);
5146
              break;
5147
            }
5148
          else
5149
            goto final_link_relocate;
5150
 
5151
        case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5152
          {
5153
            static bfd_vma start, end;
5154
 
5155
            start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5156
                     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5157
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5158
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5159
            break;
5160
 
5161
        case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5162
            end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5163
                   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5164
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5165
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5166
            break;
5167
          }
5168
 
5169
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5170
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5171
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5172
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5173
          r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5174
          got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5175
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5176
            got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5177
          else if (h != NULL)
5178
            {
5179
              got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5180
              if (! info->shared
5181
                  && (h->dynindx == -1
5182
                      || h->def_regular))
5183
                r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5184
            }
5185
 
5186
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5187
            r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5188
 
5189
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5190
            {
5191
              bfd_vma offset;
5192
              unsigned short insn;
5193
 
5194
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5195
                {
5196
                  /* GD->LE transition:
5197
                       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5198
                       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5199
                       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5200
                     We change it into:
5201
                       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5202
                       nop; nop; ...
5203
                       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
5204
 
5205
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5206
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5207
                  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5208
                  offset -= 16;
5209
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5210
                  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5211
                    {
5212
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5213
                      offset -= 2;
5214
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5215
                    }
5216
 
5217
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5218
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5219
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5220
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5221
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5222
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5223
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5224
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5225
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5226
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5227
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5228
 
5229
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5230
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5231
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5232
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5233
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5234
                }
5235
              else
5236
                {
5237
                  int target;
5238
 
5239
                  /* IE->LE transition:
5240
                     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5241
                     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5242
                     We change it into:
5243
                     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5244
                     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
5245
 
5246
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5247
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5248
                  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
5249
                  offset -= 10;
5250
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5251
                  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5252
                    {
5253
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5254
                      offset -= 2;
5255
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5256
                    }
5257
 
5258
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5259
                  target = insn & 0x00ff;
5260
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5261
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5262
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5263
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5264
                  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5265
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5266
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5267
                }
5268
 
5269
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5270
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5271
              continue;
5272
            }
5273
 
5274
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5275
            abort ();
5276
 
5277
          if (h != NULL)
5278
            off = h->got.offset;
5279
          else
5280
            {
5281
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5282
                abort ();
5283
 
5284
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5285
            }
5286
 
5287
          /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
5288
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5289
              && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5290
            {
5291
              off &= ~1;
5292
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5293
                          sgot->contents + off);
5294
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5295
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5296
              continue;
5297
            }
5298
 
5299
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
5300
            off &= ~1;
5301
          else
5302
            {
5303
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5304
              bfd_byte *loc;
5305
              int dr_type, indx;
5306
 
5307
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5308
                {
5309
                  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5310
                  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5311
                }
5312
 
5313
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5314
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5315
 
5316
              if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5317
                indx = 0;
5318
              else
5319
                indx = h->dynindx;
5320
 
5321
              dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5322
                         R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5323
              if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5324
                outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5325
              else
5326
                outrel.r_addend = 0;
5327
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5328
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5329
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5330
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5331
 
5332
              if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5333
                {
5334
                  if (indx == 0)
5335
                    {
5336
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5337
                                  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5338
                                  sgot->contents + off + 4);
5339
                    }
5340
                  else
5341
                    {
5342
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5343
                                                    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5344
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
5345
                      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5346
                      srelgot->reloc_count++;
5347
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5348
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5349
                    }
5350
                }
5351
 
5352
              if (h != NULL)
5353
                h->got.offset |= 1;
5354
              else
5355
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5356
            }
5357
 
5358
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5359
            abort ();
5360
 
5361
          if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5362
            relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5363
          else
5364
            {
5365
              bfd_vma offset;
5366
              unsigned short insn;
5367
 
5368
              /* GD->IE transition:
5369
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5370
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5371
                   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5372
                 We change it into:
5373
                   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5374
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5375
                   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
5376
 
5377
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5378
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5379
              /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5380
              offset -= 16;
5381
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5382
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5383
                {
5384
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5385
                  offset -= 2;
5386
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5387
                }
5388
 
5389
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5390
 
5391
              /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
5392
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5393
 
5394
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5395
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5396
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5397
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5398
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5399
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5400
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5401
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5402
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5403
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5404
 
5405
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5406
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5407
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5408
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5409
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5410
 
5411
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5412
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5413
 
5414
              continue;
5415
          }
5416
 
5417
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5418
 
5419
          goto final_link_relocate;
5420
 
5421
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5422
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5423
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5424
          if (! info->shared)
5425
            {
5426
              bfd_vma offset;
5427
              unsigned short insn;
5428
 
5429
              /* LD->LE transition:
5430
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5431
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5432
                   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5433
                 We change it into:
5434
                   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5435
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
5436
 
5437
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5438
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5439
              /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5440
              offset -= 16;
5441
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5442
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5443
                {
5444
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5445
                  offset -= 2;
5446
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5447
                }
5448
 
5449
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5450
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5451
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5452
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5453
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5454
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5455
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5456
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5457
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5458
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5459
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5460
 
5461
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5462
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5463
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5464
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5465
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5466
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5467
 
5468
              continue;
5469
            }
5470
 
5471
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5472
            abort ();
5473
 
5474
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5475
          if (off & 1)
5476
            off &= ~1;
5477
          else
5478
            {
5479
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5480
              bfd_byte *loc;
5481
 
5482
              srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5483
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5484
                abort ();
5485
 
5486
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5487
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5488
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5489
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5490
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5491
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5492
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5493
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5494
            }
5495
 
5496
          relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5497
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5498
 
5499
          goto final_link_relocate;
5500
 
5501
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5502
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5503
          if (! info->shared)
5504
            relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5505
          else
5506
            relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5507
 
5508
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5509
          goto final_link_relocate;
5510
 
5511
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5512
          {
5513
            int indx;
5514
            Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5515
            bfd_byte *loc;
5516
 
5517
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5518
 
5519 161 khays
            if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5520 14 khays
              {
5521
                relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5522
                addend = rel->r_addend;
5523
                goto final_link_relocate;
5524
              }
5525
 
5526
            if (sreloc == NULL)
5527
              {
5528
                sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5529
                  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5530
                if (sreloc == NULL)
5531
                  return FALSE;
5532
              }
5533
 
5534
            if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5535
              indx = 0;
5536
            else
5537
              indx = h->dynindx;
5538
 
5539
            outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5540
                               + input_section->output_offset
5541
                               + rel->r_offset);
5542
            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5543
            if (indx == 0)
5544
              outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5545
            else
5546
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5547
 
5548
            loc = sreloc->contents;
5549
            loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5550
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5551
            continue;
5552
          }
5553
        }
5554
 
5555
    relocation_done:
5556
      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5557
          && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5558
        {
5559
          /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5560
          if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5561
            {
5562
              if (info->shared)
5563
                {
5564
                  info->callbacks->einfo
5565
                    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5566
                     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5567
                  return FALSE;
5568
                }
5569
              else
5570
                info->callbacks->einfo
5571
                  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5572
                   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5573
            }
5574
 
5575
          elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5576
        }
5577
 
5578
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5579
        {
5580
          switch (r)
5581
            {
5582
            default:
5583
            case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5584
              abort ();
5585
            case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5586
              {
5587
                const char *name;
5588
 
5589
                if (h != NULL)
5590
                  name = NULL;
5591
                else
5592
                  {
5593
                    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5594
                            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5595
                    if (name == NULL)
5596
                      return FALSE;
5597
                    if (*name == '\0')
5598
                      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5599
                  }
5600
                if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5601
                       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5602
                        (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5603
                        rel->r_offset)))
5604
                  return FALSE;
5605
              }
5606
              break;
5607
            }
5608
        }
5609
    }
5610
 
5611
  return TRUE;
5612
}
5613
 
5614
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5615
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5616
 
5617
static bfd_byte *
5618
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5619
                                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5620
                                       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5621
                                       bfd_byte *data,
5622
                                       bfd_boolean relocatable,
5623
                                       asymbol **symbols)
5624
{
5625
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5626
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5627
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5628
  asection **sections = NULL;
5629
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5630
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5631
 
5632
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5633
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5634
  if (relocatable
5635
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5636
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5637
                                                       link_order, data,
5638
                                                       relocatable,
5639
                                                       symbols);
5640
 
5641
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5642
 
5643
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5644
          (size_t) input_section->size);
5645
 
5646
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5647
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5648
    {
5649
      asection **secpp;
5650
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5651
      bfd_size_type amt;
5652
 
5653
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5654
                         (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5655
                          (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5656
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5657
        goto error_return;
5658
 
5659
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5660
        {
5661
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5662
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5663
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5664
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5665
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
5666
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5667
            goto error_return;
5668
        }
5669
 
5670
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5671
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5672
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5673
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5674
        goto error_return;
5675
 
5676
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5677
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5678
        {
5679
          asection *isec;
5680
 
5681
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5682
            isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5683
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5684
            isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5685
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5686
            isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5687
          else
5688
            isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5689
 
5690
          *secpp = isec;
5691
        }
5692
 
5693
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5694
                                     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5695
                                     isymbuf, sections))
5696
        goto error_return;
5697
 
5698
      if (sections != NULL)
5699
        free (sections);
5700
      if (isymbuf != NULL
5701
          && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5702
        free (isymbuf);
5703
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5704
        free (internal_relocs);
5705
    }
5706
 
5707
  return data;
5708
 
5709
 error_return:
5710
  if (sections != NULL)
5711
    free (sections);
5712
  if (isymbuf != NULL
5713
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5714
    free (isymbuf);
5715
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
5716
      && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5717
    free (internal_relocs);
5718
  return NULL;
5719
}
5720
 
5721
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5722
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5723
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5724
 
5725
static bfd_vma
5726
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5727
{
5728
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5729
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5730
    return 0;
5731
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5732
}
5733
 
5734
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5735
 
5736
static bfd_vma
5737
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5738
{
5739
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5740
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5741
    return 0;
5742
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5743
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5744
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5745
          + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5746
                         elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5747
}
5748
 
5749
static asection *
5750
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5751
                     struct bfd_link_info *info,
5752
                     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5753
                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5754
                     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5755
{
5756
  if (h != NULL)
5757
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5758
      {
5759
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5760
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5761
        return NULL;
5762
      }
5763
 
5764
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5765
}
5766
 
5767
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
5768
 
5769
static bfd_boolean
5770
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5771
                      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5772
{
5773
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5774
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5775
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5776
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5777
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5778
 
5779
  if (info->relocatable)
5780
    return TRUE;
5781
 
5782
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5783
 
5784
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5785
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5786
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5787
  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5788
 
5789
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5790
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5791
    {
5792
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5793
      unsigned int r_type;
5794
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5795
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5796
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5797
#endif
5798
 
5799
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5800
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5801
        {
5802
          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5803
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5804
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5805
 
5806
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5807
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5808
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5809
            {
5810
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5811
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5812
#endif
5813
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5814
            }
5815
          eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5816
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5817
            if (p->sec == sec)
5818
              {
5819
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
5820
                *pp = p->next;
5821
                break;
5822
              }
5823
        }
5824
 
5825
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5826
      switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5827
        {
5828
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5829
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5830
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5831
          break;
5832
 
5833
        case R_SH_GOT32:
5834
        case R_SH_GOT20:
5835
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5836
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5837
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
5838
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5839
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5840
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5841
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5842
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5843
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5844
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5845
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5846
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5847
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5848
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5849
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5850
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5851
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5852
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5853
#endif
5854
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5855
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5856
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5857
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5858
          if (h != NULL)
5859
            {
5860
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5861
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5862
                {
5863
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5864
                  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5865
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5866
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5867
                }
5868
              else
5869
#endif
5870
                if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5871
                  h->got.refcount -= 1;
5872
            }
5873
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5874
            {
5875
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5876
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5877
                {
5878
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5879
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5880
                }
5881
              else
5882
#endif
5883
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5884
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5885
            }
5886
          break;
5887
 
5888
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5889
          if (h != NULL)
5890
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5891
          else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5892
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5893
 
5894
          /* Fall through.  */
5895
 
5896
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5897
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5898
          if (h != NULL)
5899
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5900
          else
5901
            local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5902
          break;
5903
 
5904
        case R_SH_DIR32:
5905
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5906
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5907
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5908
          /* Fall thru */
5909
 
5910
        case R_SH_REL32:
5911
          if (info->shared)
5912
            break;
5913
          /* Fall thru */
5914
 
5915
        case R_SH_PLT32:
5916
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5917
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5918
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5919
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5920
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5921
#endif
5922
          if (h != NULL)
5923
            {
5924
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5925
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5926
            }
5927
          break;
5928
 
5929
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5930
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5931
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5932
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5933
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5934
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5935
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5936
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5937
#endif
5938
          if (h != NULL)
5939
            {
5940
              struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5941
              eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5942
              if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5943
                {
5944
                  eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5945
                  if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5946
                    h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5947
                }
5948
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5949
              else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5950
                {
5951
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5952
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5953
                }
5954
#endif
5955
              else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5956
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
5957
            }
5958
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5959
            {
5960
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5961
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5962
                {
5963
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5964
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5965
                }
5966
              else
5967
#endif
5968
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5969
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5970
            }
5971
          break;
5972
 
5973
        default:
5974
          break;
5975
        }
5976
    }
5977
 
5978
  return TRUE;
5979
}
5980
 
5981
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5982
 
5983
static void
5984
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5985
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5986
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5987
{
5988
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5989
 
5990
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5991
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5992
 
5993
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5994
    {
5995
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5996
        {
5997
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5998
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5999
 
6000
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6001
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
6002
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6003
            {
6004
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6005
 
6006
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6007
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
6008
                  {
6009
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6010
                    q->count += p->count;
6011
                    *pp = p->next;
6012
                    break;
6013
                  }
6014
              if (q == NULL)
6015
                pp = &p->next;
6016
            }
6017
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6018
        }
6019
 
6020
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6021
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6022
    }
6023
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6024
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6025
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6026
  edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6027
  eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6028
#endif
6029
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6030
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6031
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6032
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6033
 
6034
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6035
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6036
    {
6037
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6038
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6039
    }
6040
 
6041
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6042
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6043
    {
6044
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6045
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6046
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
6047
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6048
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6049
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6050
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6051
    }
6052
  else
6053
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6054
}
6055
 
6056
static int
6057
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6058
                            int is_local)
6059
{
6060
  if (info->shared)
6061
    return r_type;
6062
 
6063
  switch (r_type)
6064
    {
6065
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6066
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6067
      if (is_local)
6068
        return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6069
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6070
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6071
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6072
    }
6073
 
6074
  return r_type;
6075
}
6076
 
6077
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6078
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6079
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
6080
 
6081
static bfd_boolean
6082
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6083
                     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6084
{
6085
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6086
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6087
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6088
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6089
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6090
  asection *sreloc;
6091
  unsigned int r_type;
6092
  int got_type, old_got_type;
6093
 
6094
  sreloc = NULL;
6095
 
6096
  if (info->relocatable)
6097
    return TRUE;
6098
 
6099
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6100
 
6101
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6102
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6103
 
6104
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6105
  if (htab == NULL)
6106
    return FALSE;
6107
 
6108
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6109
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6110
    {
6111
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6112
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6113
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6114
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6115
#endif
6116
 
6117
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6118
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6119
 
6120
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6121
        h = NULL;
6122
      else
6123
        {
6124
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6125
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6126
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6127
            {
6128
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6129
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6130
#endif
6131
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6132
            }
6133
        }
6134
 
6135
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6136
      if (! info->shared
6137
          && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6138
          && h != NULL
6139
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6140
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6141
          && (h->dynindx == -1
6142
              || h->def_regular))
6143
        r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6144
 
6145
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6146
        switch (r_type)
6147
          {
6148
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6149
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6150
          case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6151
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6152
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6153
            if (h != NULL)
6154
              {
6155
                if (h->dynindx == -1)
6156
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6157
                    {
6158
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
6159
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
6160
                      break;
6161
                    default:
6162
                      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6163
                      break;
6164
                    }
6165
              }
6166
            break;
6167
          }
6168
 
6169
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
6170
      if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6171
        {
6172
          switch (r_type)
6173
            {
6174
            case R_SH_DIR32:
6175
              /* This may require an rofixup.  */
6176
              if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6177
                break;
6178
            case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6179
            case R_SH_GOT32:
6180
            case R_SH_GOT20:
6181
            case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6182
            case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6183
            case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6184
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6185
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6186
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6187
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6188
            case R_SH_GOTPC:
6189
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6190
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6191
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6192
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6193
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6194
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6195
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6196
            case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6197
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6198
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6199
            case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6200
            case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6201
            case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6202
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6203
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6204
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6205
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6206
            case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6207
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6208
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6209
            case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6210
#endif
6211
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6212
            case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6213
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6214
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6215
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6216
              if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6217
                return FALSE;
6218
              break;
6219
 
6220
            default:
6221
              break;
6222
            }
6223
        }
6224
 
6225
      switch (r_type)
6226
        {
6227
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6228
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
6229
        case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6230
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6231
            return FALSE;
6232
          break;
6233
 
6234
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6235
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
6236
        case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6237
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6238
          if (h != NULL
6239
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6240
            return FALSE;
6241
          break;
6242
 
6243
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6244
          if (info->shared)
6245
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6246
 
6247
          /* FALLTHROUGH */
6248
        force_got:
6249
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6250
        case R_SH_GOT32:
6251
        case R_SH_GOT20:
6252
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6253
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6254
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6255
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6256
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6257
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6258
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6259
#endif
6260
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6261
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6262
          switch (r_type)
6263
            {
6264
            default:
6265
              got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6266
              break;
6267
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6268
              got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6269
              break;
6270
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6271
              got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6272
              break;
6273
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6274
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6275
              got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6276
              break;
6277
            }
6278
 
6279
          if (h != NULL)
6280
            {
6281
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6282
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6283
                {
6284
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6285
                    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6286
 
6287
                  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6288
                }
6289
              else
6290
#endif
6291
                h->got.refcount += 1;
6292
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6293
            }
6294
          else
6295
            {
6296
              bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6297
 
6298
              /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6299
                 symbol.  */
6300
              local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6301
              if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6302
                {
6303
                  bfd_size_type size;
6304
 
6305
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6306
                  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6307
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6308
                  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6309
                     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
6310
                  size *= 2;
6311
#endif
6312
                  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6313
                  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6314
                                         bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6315
                  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6316
                    return FALSE;
6317
                  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6318
#ifdef  INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6319
                  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6320
                     GOT offsets.  */
6321
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6322
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6323
#else
6324
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6325
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6326
#endif
6327
                }
6328
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6329
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6330
                local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6331
              else
6332
#endif
6333
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6334
              old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6335
            }
6336
 
6337
          /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6338
             there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
6339
          if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6340
              && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6341
            {
6342
              if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6343
                got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6344
              else
6345
                {
6346
                  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6347
                      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6348
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6349
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6350
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6351
                  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6352
                           || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6353
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6354
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6355
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6356
                  else
6357
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6358
                    (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6359
                     abfd, h->root.root.string);
6360
                  return FALSE;
6361
                }
6362
            }
6363
 
6364
          if (old_got_type != got_type)
6365
            {
6366
              if (h != NULL)
6367
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6368
              else
6369
                sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6370
            }
6371
 
6372
          break;
6373
 
6374
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6375
          sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6376
          break;
6377
 
6378
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6379
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6380
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6381
          if (rel->r_addend)
6382
            {
6383
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6384
                (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6385
                 abfd);
6386
              return FALSE;
6387
            }
6388
 
6389
          if (h == NULL)
6390
            {
6391
              union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6392
 
6393
              /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
6394
              local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6395
              if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6396
                {
6397
                  bfd_size_type size;
6398
 
6399
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6400
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6401
                  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
6402
                  size *= 2;
6403
#endif
6404
                  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6405
                  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6406
                    return FALSE;
6407
                  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6408
                }
6409
              local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6410
 
6411
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6412
                {
6413
                  if (!info->shared)
6414
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6415
                  else
6416
                    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6417
                }
6418
            }
6419
          else
6420
            {
6421
              sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6422
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6423
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6424
 
6425
              /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6426
                 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
6427
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6428
              if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6429
                {
6430
                  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6431
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6432
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6433
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6434
                  else
6435
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6436
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6437
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6438
                }
6439
            }
6440
          break;
6441
 
6442
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6443
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6444
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6445
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6446
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6447
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6448
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6449
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6450
#endif
6451
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6452
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6453
 
6454
          if (h == NULL
6455
              || h->forced_local
6456
              || ! info->shared
6457
              || info->symbolic
6458
              || h->dynindx == -1)
6459
            goto force_got;
6460
 
6461
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6462
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6463
          ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6464
 
6465
          break;
6466
 
6467
        case R_SH_PLT32:
6468
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6469
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6470
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6471
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6472
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6473
#endif
6474
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
6475
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6476
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6477
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6478
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6479
             after all.  */
6480
 
6481
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6482
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6483
          if (h == NULL)
6484
            continue;
6485
 
6486
          if (h->forced_local)
6487
            break;
6488
 
6489
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6490
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6491
          break;
6492
 
6493
        case R_SH_DIR32:
6494
        case R_SH_REL32:
6495
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6496
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6497
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6498
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6499
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6500
#endif
6501
          if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6502
            {
6503
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
6504
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
6505
            }
6506
 
6507
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6508
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6509
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6510
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
6511
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6512
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6513
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
6514
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6515
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6516
             later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
6517
             possibility below by storing information in the
6518
             dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6519
             situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6520
             visibility changes render the symbol local.
6521
 
6522
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6523
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6524
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6525
             symbol.  */
6526
          if ((info->shared
6527
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6528
               && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6529
                   || (h != NULL
6530
                       && (! info->symbolic
6531
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6532
                           || !h->def_regular))))
6533
              || (! info->shared
6534
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6535
                  && h != NULL
6536
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6537
                      || !h->def_regular)))
6538
            {
6539
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6540
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6541
 
6542
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6543
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6544
 
6545
              /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6546
                 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
6547
                 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
6548
              if (sreloc == NULL)
6549
                {
6550
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6551
                    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6552
 
6553
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
6554
                    return FALSE;
6555
                }
6556
 
6557
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6558
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
6559
              if (h != NULL)
6560
                head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6561
              else
6562
                {
6563
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
6564
                  asection *s;
6565
                  void *vpp;
6566
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6567
 
6568
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6569
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
6570
                  if (isym == NULL)
6571
                    return FALSE;
6572
 
6573
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6574
                  if (s == NULL)
6575
                    s = sec;
6576
 
6577
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6578
                  head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6579
                }
6580
 
6581
              p = *head;
6582
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6583
                {
6584
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6585
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6586
                  if (p == NULL)
6587
                    return FALSE;
6588
                  p->next = *head;
6589
                  *head = p;
6590
                  p->sec = sec;
6591
                  p->count = 0;
6592
                  p->pc_count = 0;
6593
                }
6594
 
6595
              p->count += 1;
6596
              if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6597
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6598
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6599
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6600
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6601
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6602
#endif
6603
                  )
6604
                p->pc_count += 1;
6605
            }
6606
 
6607
          /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6608
             If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6609
             fixup.  */
6610
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6611
              && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6612
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6613
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6614
          break;
6615
 
6616
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6617 161 khays
          if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6618 14 khays
            {
6619
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6620
                (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6621
                 abfd);
6622
              return FALSE;
6623
            }
6624
 
6625
          break;
6626
 
6627
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6628
          /* Nothing to do.  */
6629
          break;
6630
 
6631
        default:
6632
          break;
6633
        }
6634
    }
6635
 
6636
  return TRUE;
6637
}
6638
 
6639
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6640
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6641
 
6642
static bfd_boolean
6643
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6644
{
6645
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6646
 
6647
  if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6648
    return FALSE;
6649
 
6650
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6651
    return FALSE;
6652
 
6653
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6654
 
6655
  return TRUE;
6656
}
6657
 
6658
 
6659
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6660
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6661
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6662
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
6663
 
6664
int
6665
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6666
{
6667
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6668
 
6669
  for (; i>0; i--)
6670
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6671
      return i;
6672
 
6673
  /* shouldn't get here */
6674
  BFD_FAIL();
6675
 
6676
  return -1;
6677
}
6678
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6679
 
6680
#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6681
/* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */
6682
 
6683
static bfd_boolean
6684
sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6685
{
6686
  BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6687
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6688
 
6689
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6690
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6691
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6692
}
6693
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6694
 
6695
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6696
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6697
 
6698
static bfd_boolean
6699
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6700
{
6701
  /* Copy object attributes.  */
6702
  _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6703
 
6704
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6705
    return TRUE;
6706
 
6707
  /* Copy the stack size.  */
6708
  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6709
      && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6710
    {
6711
      unsigned i;
6712
 
6713
      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6714
        if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6715
          {
6716
            Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6717
 
6718
            for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6719
              if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6720
                {
6721
                  memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6722
 
6723
                  /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6724
                     were first written.  */
6725
                  if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6726
                                (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6727
                                ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6728
                      || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6729
                      ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6730
                                         elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6731
                    return FALSE;
6732
                  break;
6733
                }
6734
 
6735
            break;
6736
          }
6737
    }
6738
 
6739
  return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6740
}
6741
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6742
 
6743
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6744
 
6745
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6746
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
6747
 
6748
int
6749
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6750
{
6751
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6752
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6753
 
6754
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6755
}
6756
 
6757
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6758
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
6759
 
6760
static bfd_boolean
6761
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6762
{
6763
  extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6764
 
6765
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6766
    return TRUE;
6767
 
6768
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6769
    {
6770
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
6771
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6772
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6773
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6774
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6775
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6776
    }
6777
 
6778
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6779
    {
6780
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6781
                          "with instructions used in previous modules",
6782
                          ibfd);
6783
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6784
      return FALSE;
6785
    }
6786
 
6787
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6788
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6789
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6790
 
6791
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6792
    {
6793
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6794
                          ibfd);
6795
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6796
      return FALSE;
6797
    }
6798
 
6799
  return TRUE;
6800
}
6801
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6802
 
6803
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6804
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
6805
   here.  */
6806
 
6807
static bfd_boolean
6808
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6809
{
6810
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6811
    return FALSE;
6812
 
6813
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6814
          == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6815
}
6816
 
6817
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
6818
   dynamic sections here.  */
6819
 
6820
static bfd_boolean
6821
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6822
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6823
                              Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6824
{
6825
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6826
 
6827
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6828
  if (htab == NULL)
6829
    return FALSE;
6830
 
6831
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6832
    {
6833
      asection *splt;
6834
      asection *sgotplt;
6835
      asection *srelplt;
6836
 
6837
      bfd_vma plt_index;
6838
      bfd_vma got_offset;
6839
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6840
      bfd_byte *loc;
6841
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6842
 
6843
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
6844
         it up.  */
6845
 
6846
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6847
 
6848
      splt = htab->splt;
6849
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6850
      srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6851
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6852
 
6853
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6854
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
6855
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
6856
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
6857
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6858
 
6859
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6860
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6861
        plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6862
 
6863
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6864
         corresponds to this function.  */
6865
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6866
        /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6867
           before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
6868
           bytes.  */
6869
        got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6870
      else
6871
        /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
6872
           reserved.  */
6873
        got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6874
 
6875
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6876
      if (info->shared)
6877
        got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6878
#endif
6879
 
6880
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6881
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6882
              plt_info->symbol_entry,
6883
              plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6884
 
6885
      if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6886
        {
6887
          if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6888
            {
6889
              bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6890
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6891
                                        splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6892
                                        h->plt.offset
6893
                                        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6894
              BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6895
            }
6896
          else
6897
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6898
                               (splt->contents
6899
                                + h->plt.offset
6900
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6901
        }
6902
      else
6903
        {
6904
          BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6905
 
6906
          install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6907
                             (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6908
                              + sgotplt->output_offset
6909
                              + got_offset),
6910
                             (splt->contents
6911
                              + h->plt.offset
6912
                              + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6913
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
6914
            {
6915
              unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6916
              int distance;
6917
 
6918
              /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6919
                 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6920
                 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6921
                 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6922
                 to the last element of the previous group.  */
6923
              /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6924
                 the common resolver stub.  */
6925
              reachable_plts = ((4096
6926
                                 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6927
                                 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6928
                                / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6929
              plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6930
              if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6931
                distance = -(h->plt.offset
6932
                             + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6933
              else
6934
                distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6935
                             * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6936
 
6937
              /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6938
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6939
                          0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6940
                          (splt->contents
6941
                           + h->plt.offset
6942
                           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6943
            }
6944
          else
6945
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6946
                               splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6947
                               (splt->contents
6948
                                + h->plt.offset
6949
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6950
        }
6951
 
6952
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6953
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6954
      if (info->shared)
6955
        got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6956
#endif
6957
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6958
        got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6959
 
6960
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6961
        install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6962
                           plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6963
                           (splt->contents
6964
                            + h->plt.offset
6965
                            + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6966
 
6967
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6968
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6969
                  (splt->output_section->vma
6970
                   + splt->output_offset
6971
                   + h->plt.offset
6972
                   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6973
                  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6974
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6975
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6976
                    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6977
                                            htab->splt->output_section),
6978
                    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6979
 
6980
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6981
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6982
                      + sgotplt->output_offset
6983
                      + got_offset);
6984
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6985
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6986
      else
6987
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6988
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6989
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6990
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6991
#endif
6992
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6993
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6994
 
6995
      if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6996
        {
6997
          /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6998
             Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
6999
          loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7000
                 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7001
 
7002
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7003
             for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
7004
          rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7005
                          + htab->splt->output_offset
7006
                          + h->plt.offset
7007
                          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7008
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7009
          rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7010
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7011
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7012
 
7013
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7014
             the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
7015
          rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7016
                          + sgotplt->output_offset
7017
                          + got_offset);
7018
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7019
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7020
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7021
        }
7022
 
7023
      if (!h->def_regular)
7024
        {
7025
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7026
             the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
7027
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7028
        }
7029
    }
7030
 
7031
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7032
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7033
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7034
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7035
    {
7036
      asection *sgot;
7037
      asection *srelgot;
7038
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7039
      bfd_byte *loc;
7040
 
7041
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
7042
         up.  */
7043
 
7044
      sgot = htab->sgot;
7045
      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7046
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7047
 
7048
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7049
                      + sgot->output_offset
7050
                      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7051
 
7052
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7053
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7054
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7055
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7056
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7057
      if (info->shared
7058
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7059
        {
7060
          if (htab->fdpic_p)
7061
            {
7062
              asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7063
              int dynindx
7064
                = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7065
 
7066
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7067
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7068
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7069
            }
7070
          else
7071
            {
7072
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7073
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7074
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7075
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7076
            }
7077
        }
7078
      else
7079
        {
7080
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7081
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7082
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7083
        }
7084
 
7085
      loc = srelgot->contents;
7086
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7087
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7088
    }
7089
 
7090
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7091
  {
7092
    struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7093
 
7094
    eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7095
    if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7096
      {
7097
        asection *sgot;
7098
        asection *srelgot;
7099
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7100
        bfd_byte *loc;
7101
 
7102
        /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7103
           Set it up.  */
7104
 
7105
        sgot = htab->sgot;
7106
        srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7107
        BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7108
 
7109
        rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7110
                        + sgot->output_offset
7111
                        + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7112
 
7113
        /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7114
           symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7115
           of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7116
           The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7117
           initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7118
        if (info->shared
7119
            && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7120
          {
7121
            if (htab->fdpic_p)
7122
              {
7123
                asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7124
                int dynindx
7125
                  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7126
 
7127
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7128
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7129
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7130
              }
7131
            else
7132
              {
7133
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7134
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7135
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7136
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7137
              }
7138
          }
7139
        else
7140
          {
7141
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7142
                        + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7143
            rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7144
            rel.r_addend = 0;
7145
          }
7146
 
7147
        loc = srelgot->contents;
7148
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7149
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7150
      }
7151
  }
7152
#endif
7153
 
7154
  if (h->needs_copy)
7155
    {
7156
      asection *s;
7157
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7158
      bfd_byte *loc;
7159
 
7160
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
7161
 
7162
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7163
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7164
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7165
 
7166
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7167
                                   ".rela.bss");
7168
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7169
 
7170
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7171
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7172
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7173
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7174
      rel.r_addend = 0;
7175
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7176
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7177
    }
7178
 
7179
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
7180
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7181
     ".got" section.  */
7182
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7183
      || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7184
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7185
 
7186
  return TRUE;
7187
}
7188
 
7189
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
7190
 
7191
static bfd_boolean
7192
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7193
{
7194
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7195
  asection *sgotplt;
7196
  asection *sdyn;
7197
 
7198
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7199
  if (htab == NULL)
7200
    return FALSE;
7201
 
7202
  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7203
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7204
 
7205
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7206
    {
7207
      asection *splt;
7208
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7209
 
7210
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7211
 
7212
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7213
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7214
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7215
        {
7216
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7217
          asection *s;
7218
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7219
          const char *name;
7220
#endif
7221
 
7222
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7223
 
7224
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
7225
            {
7226
            default:
7227
              if (htab->vxworks_p
7228
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7229
                bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7230
              break;
7231
 
7232
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7233
            case DT_INIT:
7234
              name = info->init_function;
7235
              goto get_sym;
7236
 
7237
            case DT_FINI:
7238
              name = info->fini_function;
7239
            get_sym:
7240
              if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7241
                {
7242
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7243
 
7244
                  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7245
                                            FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7246
                  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7247
                    {
7248
                      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7249
                      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7250
                    }
7251
                }
7252
              break;
7253
#endif
7254
 
7255
            case DT_PLTGOT:
7256
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7257
              s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7258
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7259
                + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7260
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7261
              break;
7262
 
7263
            case DT_JMPREL:
7264
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7265
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7266
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7267
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7268
              break;
7269
 
7270
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7271
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7272
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7273
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7274
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7275
              break;
7276
 
7277
            case DT_RELASZ:
7278
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7279
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7280
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is
7281
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
7282
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7283
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
7284
                 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7285
                 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7286
                 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
7287
              if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7288
                {
7289
                  s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7290
                  dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7291
                }
7292
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7293
              break;
7294
            }
7295
        }
7296
 
7297
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
7298
      splt = htab->splt;
7299
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7300
        {
7301
          unsigned int i;
7302
 
7303
          memcpy (splt->contents,
7304
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7305
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7306
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7307
            if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7308
              install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7309
                                 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7310
                                  + sgotplt->output_offset
7311
                                  + (i * 4)),
7312
                                 (splt->contents
7313
                                  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7314
 
7315
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
7316
            {
7317
              /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
7318
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7319
              bfd_byte *loc;
7320
 
7321
              /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7322
                 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
7323
              loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7324
              rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7325
                              + splt->output_offset
7326
                              + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7327
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7328
              rel.r_addend = 8;
7329
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7330
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7331
 
7332
              /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7333
                 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7334
                 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7335
                 output.  */
7336
              while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7337
                {
7338
                  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
7339
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7340
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7341
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7342
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7343
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7344
 
7345
                  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
7346
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7347
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7348
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7349
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7350
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7351
                }
7352
            }
7353
 
7354
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7355
             really seem like the right value.  */
7356
          elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7357
        }
7358
    }
7359
 
7360
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
7361
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7362
    {
7363
      if (sdyn == NULL)
7364
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7365
      else
7366
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7367
                    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7368
                    sgotplt->contents);
7369
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7370
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7371
    }
7372
 
7373
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7374
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7375
 
7376
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
7377
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7378
    {
7379
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7380
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7381
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7382
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7383
 
7384
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7385
 
7386
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
7387
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7388
    }
7389
 
7390
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7391
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7392
                == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7393
 
7394
  if (htab->srelgot)
7395
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7396
                == htab->srelgot->size);
7397
 
7398
  return TRUE;
7399
}
7400
 
7401
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7402
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7403
{
7404
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7405
    {
7406
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7407
      return reloc_class_relative;
7408
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7409
      return reloc_class_plt;
7410
    case R_SH_COPY:
7411
      return reloc_class_copy;
7412
    default:
7413
      return reloc_class_normal;
7414
    }
7415
}
7416
 
7417
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7418
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
7419
 
7420
static bfd_boolean
7421
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7422
{
7423
  int offset;
7424
  unsigned int size;
7425
 
7426
  switch (note->descsz)
7427
    {
7428
      default:
7429
        return FALSE;
7430
 
7431
      case 168:         /* Linux/SH */
7432
        /* pr_cursig */
7433
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7434
 
7435
        /* pr_pid */
7436
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7437
 
7438
        /* pr_reg */
7439
        offset = 72;
7440
        size = 92;
7441
 
7442
        break;
7443
    }
7444
 
7445
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
7446
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7447
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
7448
}
7449
 
7450
static bfd_boolean
7451
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7452
{
7453
  switch (note->descsz)
7454
    {
7455
      default:
7456
        return FALSE;
7457
 
7458
      case 124:         /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7459
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7460
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7461
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7462
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7463
    }
7464
 
7465
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7466
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7467
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
7468
 
7469
  {
7470
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7471
    int n = strlen (command);
7472
 
7473
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7474
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
7475
  }
7476
 
7477
  return TRUE;
7478
}
7479
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7480
 
7481
 
7482
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7483
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
7484
 
7485
static bfd_vma
7486
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7487
                    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7488
{
7489
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7490
 
7491
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7492
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7493
}
7494
 
7495
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7496
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
7497
 
7498
static bfd_boolean
7499
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7500
                              struct bfd_link_info *info,
7501
                              asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7502
{
7503
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7504
 
7505
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
7506
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7507
    return FALSE;
7508
 
7509
  return TRUE;
7510
}
7511
 
7512
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
7513
 
7514
static bfd_byte
7515
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7516
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
7517
                          asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7518
                          asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7519
                          bfd_vma *encoded)
7520
{
7521
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7522
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7523
 
7524
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7525
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7526
                                       loc_offset, encoded);
7527
 
7528
  h = htab->root.hgot;
7529
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7530
 
7531
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7532
              == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7533
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7534
                                       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7535
 
7536
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7537
              == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7538
                  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7539
 
7540
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7541
    - (h->root.u.def.value
7542
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7543
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7544
 
7545
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7546
}
7547
 
7548
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7549
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7550
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-sh"
7551
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7552
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-shl"
7553
#endif
7554
 
7555
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_sh
7556
#define ELF_TARGET_ID           SH_ELF_DATA
7557
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_SH
7558
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7559
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
7560
#else
7561
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x80
7562
#endif
7563
 
7564
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7565
 
7566
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7567
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7568
                                        sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7569
#define elf_info_to_howto               sh_elf_info_to_howto
7570
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section     sh_elf_relax_section
7571
#define elf_backend_relocate_section    sh_elf_relocate_section
7572
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7573
                                        sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7574
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject              sh_elf_mkobject
7575
#define elf_backend_object_p            sh_elf_object_p
7576
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7577
                                        sh_elf_set_private_flags
7578
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7579
                                        sh_elf_copy_private_data
7580
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7581
                                        sh_elf_merge_private_data
7582
 
7583
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook        sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7584
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook       sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7585
#define elf_backend_check_relocs        sh_elf_check_relocs
7586
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7587
                                        sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7588
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7589
                                        sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7590
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7591
                                        sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7592
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7593
                                        sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7594
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7595
                                        sh_elf_always_size_sections
7596
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7597
                                        sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7598
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7599
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7600
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7601
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7602
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7603
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class    sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7604
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val         sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7605
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7606
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7607
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7608
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7609
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7610
                                        sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7611
 
7612
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
7613
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
7614
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
7615
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
7616
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
7617
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
7618
 
7619
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7620
 
7621
#include "elf32-target.h"
7622
 
7623
/* NetBSD support.  */
7624
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7625
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7626
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7627
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7628
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7629
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7630
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7631
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7632
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7633
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x10000
7634
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7635
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7636
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         0
7637
#undef  elf32_bed
7638
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7639
 
7640
#include "elf32-target.h"
7641
 
7642
 
7643
/* Linux support.  */
7644
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7645
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7646
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7647
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-linux"
7648
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7649
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7650
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7651
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-linux"
7652
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7653
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE              0x1000
7654
 
7655
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7656
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus       elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7657
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7658
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo         elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7659
#undef  elf32_bed
7660
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_lin_bed
7661
 
7662
#include "elf32-target.h"
7663
 
7664
 
7665
/* FDPIC support.  */
7666
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7667
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7668
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7669
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7670
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7671
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7672
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7673
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7674
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7675
#define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7676
                                        sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7677
 
7678
#undef  elf32_bed
7679
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_fd_bed
7680
 
7681
#include "elf32-target.h"
7682
 
7683
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7684
 
7685
/* VxWorks support.  */
7686
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7687
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7688
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7689
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7690
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7691
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7692
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7693
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7694
#undef  elf32_bed
7695
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7696
 
7697
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7698
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
7699
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7700
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         '_'
7701
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7702
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7703
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7704
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7705
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook     elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7706
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7707
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7708
                                        elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7709
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
7710
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs         elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7711
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
7712
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7713
                                        elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7714
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7715
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
7716
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7717
 
7718
#include "elf32-target.h"
7719
 
7720
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.